Corrective Services Act 2006 An Act to provide for corrective services, and for other purposes Chapter 1 Preliminary 1 Short title This Act may be cited as the Corrective Services Act 2006 . 2 Commencement (1) Chapter 7, part 8 commences on the date of assent. (2) The remaining provisions of this Act commence on a day to be fixed by proclamation. 3 Purpose (1) The purpose of corrective services is community safety and crime prevention through the humane containment, supervision and rehabilitation of offenders. (2) This Act recognises that every member of society has certain basic human entitlements, and that, for this reason, an offender’s entitlements, other than those that are necessarily diminished because of imprisonment or another court sentence, should be safeguarded. (3) This Act also recognises—

(a) the need to respect an offender’s dignity; and

(b) the special needs of some offenders by taking into account—

(i) an offender’s age, sex or cultural background; and

(ii) any disability an offender has.

4 Definitions The dictionary in schedule 4 defines particular words used in this Act. 5 References to prisoner and corrective services facility In a provision of this Act about a prisoner, a reference to a corrective services facility is a reference to the corrective services facility in which the prisoner is detained. Chapter 2 Prisoners Part 1 Custody and admission of prisoners 6 Where a person is to be detained (1) A person sentenced to a period of imprisonment, or required by law to be detained for a period, must be detained for the period in a corrective services facility. (2) However—

(a) if the period is 21 days or less—the person may be detained in a watch house for part or all of the period; or

(b) if the period is more than 21 days—the person may be detained in a watch house until the person can be conveniently taken to a corrective services facility.

(3) This section applies subject to—

(a) the provisions of this Act that allow a prisoner to be lawfully outside a corrective services facility; and

(b) the Criminal Code; and

(d) the Mental Health Act 2000 ; and

(e) the Parliament of Queensland Act 2001 , section 40 (4) (a). Note— The Parliament of Queensland Act 2001 , section 40 deals with proceedings for punishment by the Legislative Assembly for contempt.

s 6 amd 2009 No. 34 s 45 (1) sch pt 1 amdt 11 7 When a person is taken to be in the chief executive’s custody (1) If a person sentenced to a period of imprisonment or required by law to be detained for a period is, while being taken to a corrective services facility for detention, under the control of a corrective services officer, the person is taken to be in the chief executive’s custody. (2) When admitted to a corrective services facility for detention, a person is taken to be in the chief executive’s custody. (3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply despite the provisions of a warrant committing the person into someone else’s custody. (4) Except for any time when the person is lawfully in another person’s custody, the person remains in the chief executive’s custody until discharged, even if the person is lawfully outside a corrective services facility. Example of when a person is lawfully in another person’s custody— while the person is in the custody of a police or prison officer as mentioned in the Mutual Assistance in Criminal Matters Act 1987 (Cwlth), section 26 Examples of when a person is lawfully outside a corrective services facility—

• while the person is released on parole

• while the person is being transferred between corrective services facilities or is attending court

• while the person is on health leave

(5) In a warrant committing a person to a corrective services facility, or requiring a prisoner to be produced to the keeper or officer in charge of a corrective services facility, a reference to the keeper or officer in charge of the facility is a reference to the chief executive. (6) The chief executive is taken to have custody of a person even if the person is in the physical custody of, or being supervised by, an engaged service provider. s 7 amd 2009 No. 30 s 4 8 When a person is taken to be in the commissioner’s custody (1) If a person sentenced to a period of imprisonment or required by law to be detained for a period is, while being taken to a corrective services facility for detention, under the control of a police officer, the person is taken to be in the commissioner’s custody. (2) When admitted to a watch house for detention, a person is taken to be in the commissioner’s custody, even if the person is lawfully outside the watch house, until the person—

(a) is discharged; or

(b) is lawfully given into another person’s custody.

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply despite the provisions of a warrant, record or order committing the person into someone else’s custody. 9 Authority for admission to corrective services facility (1) A person (the detainee) must not be admitted to and detained in a corrective services facility unless the person responsible for admitting prisoners at the facility is given—

(a) a warrant for the detainee’s detention; or

(b) a verdict and judgment record under the Criminal Practice Rules 1999 containing the name of the detainee and particulars of the judgment pronounced on the detainee; or

(2) Despite the provisions of a warrant, record or order committing a person to a specified corrective services facility or to a watch house, the person may be taken to and detained in a corrective services facility specified by the chief executive. 10 Record of prisoner’s details (1) The chief executive must establish a record containing each prisoner’s details, including details about the identification of the prisoner. (2) For the identification of a prisoner, a corrective services officer may collect and store the prisoner’s biometric information, including by way of a biometric identification system. (3) The prisoner’s biometric information, and any data about the biometric information stored in a biometric identification system, must be destroyed if—

(a) the prisoner is found not guilty of the offence for which the prisoner is being detained, other than on the ground of unsoundness of mind; or

(b) proceedings for the offence for which the prisoner is being detained are discontinued or dismissed.

(4) However, the prisoner’s biometric information, and any data about the biometric information stored in a biometric identification system, must not be destroyed if, for any part of the period of detention for the offence, the prisoner was also being detained for another offence—

(a) of which the prisoner has been convicted; or

(b) for which proceedings have not been discontinued or dismissed.

(5) In this section— prisoner includes a person subject to a community based order. s 10 amd 2016 No. 42 s 3 11 Prisoner to be informed of entitlements and duties (1) When a prisoner is admitted to a corrective services facility for detention, the chief executive must inform the prisoner about—

(a) the prisoner’s entitlements and duties under this Act; and

(b) the administrative directions and procedures relevant to the prisoner’s entitlements and duties.

(2) If the prisoner is illiterate or does not understand English, the chief executive must take reasonable steps to ensure the prisoner understands the things mentioned in subsection (1). (3) The chief executive—

(a) must make a copy of this Act available to all prisoners; and

(b) may make a copy of other legislation available to a prisoner.

12 Prisoner security classification (1) When a prisoner is admitted to a corrective services facility for detention, the chief executive must classify the prisoner into one of the following security classifications—

(a) maximum;

(b) high;

(1A) However, when a prisoner is admitted to a corrective services facility for detention on remand for an offence and is not serving a term of imprisonment for another offence, the prisoner must only be classified into a security classification of—

(a) high; or

(b) if the chief executive decides—maximum.

(1B) Also, if the prisoner is subject to a criminal organisation segregation order, the prisoner must be classified into a security classification of—

(a) high; or

(b) if the chief executive decides—maximum.

(2) When deciding a prisoner’s security classification, the chief executive must have regard to each of the following—

(a) the nature of the offence for which the prisoner has been charged or convicted;

(b) the risk of the prisoner escaping, or attempting to escape, from custody;

(c) the risk of the prisoner committing a further offence and the impact the commission of the further offence is likely to have on the community;

(d) the risk the prisoner poses to himself or herself, and other prisoners, staff members and the security of the corrective services facility.

s 12 amd 2013 No. 15 s 82; 2013 No. 64 s 11 13 Reviewing prisoner’s security classification (1) The chief executive must review a prisoner’s security classification—

(a) for a prisoner with a maximum security classification—at intervals of not longer than 6 months; and

(b) for a prisoner with a high security classification—at intervals of not longer than 1 year; and

(1A) However, the chief executive need not review the security classification of a prisoner with a high security classification if the prisoner—

(a) is being detained on remand for an offence; and

(b) is not serving a term of imprisonment for another offence.

(1B) Also, the chief executive need not review the security classification of a prisoner subject to a criminal organisation segregation order, regardless of whether—

(a) the prisoner’s security classification is high or maximum; or

(b) a court order changes the term of the prisoner’s imprisonment.

(2) The chief executive may review the security classification of a prisoner with a low security classification. Example— The chief executive may review the security classification if the prisoner’s behaviour deteriorates. (3) When reviewing a prisoner’s security classification, the chief executive must have regard to the matters mentioned in section 12 (2). s 13 amd 2013 No. 15 s 83; 2013 No. 64 s 12 14 Changing prisoner’s security classification The chief executive may change a prisoner’s security classification after reviewing it under section 13. 15 Notice of decision about prisoner’s security classification following review (1) After reviewing a prisoner’s security classification, the chief executive must give the prisoner an information notice about the chief executive’s decision following the review. (2) If the chief executive increased the prisoner’s security classification, the information notice must include a statement that if the prisoner is dissatisfied with the decision, the prisoner may ask the chief executive to reconsider the decision by notice given to the chief executive within 7 days after the information notice is given to the prisoner. (3) The Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , section 27B does not apply to an information notice given under this section. s 15 amd 2009 No. 30 s 5 16 Reconsidering decision to change prisoner’s security classification (1) This section applies if—

(a) the chief executive increases a prisoner’s security classification; and

(b) the prisoner is dissatisfied with the decision.

(2) Within 7 days after the information notice about the decision is given to the prisoner, the prisoner may, by written notice given to the chief executive, ask the chief executive to reconsider the decision. (3) The chief executive must reconsider the decision and may confirm, amend or cancel the decision. (4) After reconsidering the decision, the chief executive must give the prisoner an information notice about the reconsidered decision. 17 Application of Judicial Review Act 1991 to decisions about prisoner security classification (1) The Judicial Review Act 1991 , parts 3, 4 and 5, other than section 41 (1), do not apply to a decision made, or purportedly made, under section 12, 13, 14 or 16 about a prisoner’s security classification. Note— The Judicial Review Act 1991 , part 3 deals with statutory orders of review, part 4 deals with reasons for decisions and part 5 deals with prerogative orders and injunctions. (2) In this section— decision includes a decision affected by jurisdictional error. 18 Accommodation (1) Whenever practicable, each prisoner in a corrective services facility must be provided with his or her own room. (2) A prisoner who is under 18 years must be kept apart from other prisoners who are 18 years or older unless it is in the prisoner’s best interests not to be kept apart. Examples for subsection (2)—

1 A young Aboriginal prisoner may be accommodated with older prisoners to enable the young prisoner to be with a family member.

2 A young prisoner may be accommodated with older prisoners at a work camp.

3 A young prisoner may be accommodated with an older prisoner if the young prisoner is at risk of self-harm.

Part 2 Management of prisoners Division 1 Management of prisoners generally 19 Effect of prisoner’s security classification The chief executive may make different arrangements for the management of prisoners with different security classifications. 20 Directions to prisoner (1) A corrective services officer may give a prisoner a direction the officer reasonably believes is necessary—

(a) for the welfare or safe custody of the prisoner or other prisoners; or

(b) for the security or good order of a corrective services facility; or

(c) to ensure compliance with an order given or applying to the prisoner; or Example of order for paragraph (c)— an order given under division 3 for the searching of the prisoner

(d) to ensure a prisoner attends a place to enable a DNA sampler to take a DNA sample from a prisoner under the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , chapter 17, part 5; or

(e) to ensure the prisoner or another prisoner does not commit an offence or a breach of discipline.

(2) Directions under this section may be given in writing or orally, and may apply generally or be limited in their application. s 20 amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) 21 Medical examination or treatment (1) A prisoner must submit to a medical examination or treatment by a doctor if the doctor considers the prisoner requires medical attention. (2) If it is reasonably practicable in the circumstances, before carrying out the medical examination or treatment, the doctor must tell the prisoner the following—

(a) the doctor considers the prisoner requires the medical examination or treatment;

(b) the doctor’s reasons for requiring the examination or treatment;

(3) A prisoner must submit to an examination by a doctor or psychologist if the chief executive orders the examination to decide—

(a) the prisoner’s security classification; or

(b) where to place the prisoner; or

(d) the prisoner’s suitability to participate in an approved activity, course or program; or

(e) the prisoner’s suitability for leave of absence, early discharge or release.

(4) A prisoner must submit to—

(a) examinations by psychiatrists as required—

(i) under a risk assessment order under the Dangerous Prisoners (Sexual Offenders) Act 2003 , section 8 (2) (a); or

(ii) by the chief executive, if the chief executive must arrange for the examinations under section 29 of that Act; or Note— The Dangerous Prisoners (Sexual Offenders) Act 2003 , section 29 deals with psychiatric reports for reviewing continuing detention orders.

(b) an examination by 2 or more medical practitioners as directed by a judge under the Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , section 18. Note— The Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , section 18 deals with the detention of persons incapable of controlling sexual instincts.

(5) For a medical examination or treatment of a prisoner, a doctor may—

(a) take a sample of the prisoner’s blood or another bodily substance; or

(b) order the prisoner to provide a sample of the prisoner’s urine or another bodily substance, including, for example, hair or saliva, and give the prisoner directions about the way in which the sample must be provided.

(6) A prisoner must comply with an order made, or direction given, under subsection (5) (b). (7) A doctor may authorise another person to examine or treat a prisoner in a corrective services facility if—

(a) the doctor—

(i) is authorised or required to carry out the examination or give the treatment under this Act; or

(ii) would, if qualified to carry out the examination or give the treatment, be so authorised or required; and

(b) the other person is qualified to carry out the examination or give the treatment.

(8) If a prisoner does not submit to an examination or treatment as required under this section, the doctor and anyone acting at the doctor’s direction may use the force that is reasonably necessary to carry out the examination or treatment. (9) In this section— prisoner does not include a prisoner released on parole. 22 Private medical examination or treatment (1) Subject to subsection (2), a prisoner in a corrective services facility may apply in writing to the chief executive for approval to be examined or treated by a doctor or psychologist nominated by the prisoner. (2) A prisoner in a corrective services facility can not—

(a) participate in assisted reproductive technology; or

(b) apply for the chief executive’s approval to participate in assisted reproductive technology.

(3) The chief executive may give the approval mentioned in subsection (1) if satisfied—

(a) the application for the approval is not—

(i) frivolous or vexatious; or

(ii) for an examination or treatment for participating in assisted reproductive technology; and

(b) the prisoner is able to pay for the examination or treatment and associated costs; and

(c) the doctor or psychologist nominated by the prisoner is willing and available to carry out the examination or treatment of the prisoner.

(4) The prisoner must pay for the examination or treatment and associated costs. (5) The chief executive must consider, but is not bound by, any report or recommendation made by the nominated doctor or psychologist. 23 Dangerously ill prisoner If the chief executive, on the advice of a doctor, considers a prisoner in a corrective services facility to be dangerously ill or seriously injured, the chief executive must immediately notify each of the following that the prisoner is either dangerously ill or seriously injured—

(a) the person nominated by the prisoner as the prisoner’s contact person;

(b) a religious visitor;

(i) an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander legal service representing Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander persons in the area in which the facility is located; and

(ii) if practicable, an elder, respected person or indigenous spiritual healer who is relevant to the prisoner.

24 Death of prisoner (1) After a prisoner dies, the chief executive must notify each of the following that the prisoner has died—

(a) if the corrective services facility is a prison—a doctor appointed for the facility;

(b) the police officer in charge of the police station nearest to the place where the prisoner died;

(d) a religious visitor;

(e) for an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander prisoner—

(i) an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander legal service representing Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander persons in the area in which the prisoner died; and

(ii) if practicable, an elder, respected person or indigenous spiritual healer who was relevant to the prisoner.

(2) The chief executive must keep records, prescribed under a regulation, of the prisoner’s death. (3) In this section— prisoner includes a person who, immediately before the person’s death, was a prisoner, but does not include a prisoner released on parole. 25 Registration of birth (1) A birth certificate for a child whose mother or father is, or was when the child was born, a prisoner must not—

(a) state that fact; or

(b) contain any information from which that fact can reasonably be inferred.

(2) If the showing of an address that is required by the Births, Deaths and Marriages Registration Act 2003 to be shown would contravene subsection (1) (a), the address must be shown as the city or town in which, or nearest to which, the address is situated. 26 Marriage (1) A person in the chief executive’s custody must give the chief executive written notice before lodging a notice of intention to marry under the Marriage Act 1961 (Cwlth). Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. (2) A prisoner may be married in a corrective services facility only with the chief executive’s approval and the marriage must be conducted in the way decided by the chief executive. 26A Civil partnerships (1) A person in the chief executive’s custody must give the chief executive written notice before—

(a) applying under the Civil Partnerships Act 2011 , section 7 for registration of a relationship as a civil partnership; or

(b) giving a notice of intention to enter into a civil partnership under the Civil Partnerships Act 2011 , section 10.

Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. (2) A prisoner may make a declaration of civil partnership under the Civil Partnerships Act 2011 , section 11 in a corrective services facility only with the chief executive’s approval. (3) The making of the declaration must be conducted in the way decided by the chief executive. s 26A ins 2011 No. 46 s 49 sub 2012 No. 12 s 48; 2016 No 33 s 44 27 Change of name (1) A person in the chief executive’s custody must obtain the chief executive’s written permission before applying to change the person’s name under—

(a) the Births, Deaths and Marriages Registration Act 2003 ; or

(b) an equivalent law of another State providing for the registration of a change to the person’s name.

Maximum penalty—20 penalty units or 6 months imprisonment. (2) In deciding whether to give the permission, the chief executive must consider each of the following—

(a) whether the proposed name change poses a threat to the security of a corrective services facility;

(b) the safety of the person and other persons;

(d) whether the proposed name change could be considered offensive to a victim of a crime or an immediate family member of a deceased victim of a crime.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if the chief executive becomes aware that a person in the chief executive’s custody has failed to comply with subsection (1)(a) in registering a change of the person’s name under the Births, Deaths and Marriages Registration Act 2003 . (4) The chief executive may apply to the registrar under the Births, Deaths and Marriages Registration Act 2003 for the cancellation of the registration. s 27 amd 2016 No. 42 s 4 Division 1A Carrying on business or dealing in artwork div hdg ins 2009 No. 30 s 6 27A Definitions for div 1A In this division— possession, of a prisoner’s artwork, means—

(a) custody or control of it; or

(b) the ability or right to obtain custody or control of it.

prisoner’s artwork means any visual art, performing art or literature made or produced by a prisoner while the prisoner is in a corrective services facility. s 27A ins 2009 No. 30 s 6 28 Carrying on a business (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (4), a prisoner who has been sentenced, whether before or after the commencement of this section, to a period of imprisonment must not carry on, or participate in the carrying on of, a business while the prisoner is in a corrective services facility. Example— the painting of artwork to be sold on the internet by the prisoner or by a corporation in whose management the prisoner participates including, for example, as a director Maximum penalty—100 penalty units. (2) Subsections (3) and (4) apply to a person who is carrying on, or participating in the carrying on of, a business when the person is sentenced to a period of imprisonment (the pre-sentence business). (3) The person must, within 21 days after being sentenced—

(a) stop carrying on the pre-sentence business; or

(b) stop participating in the carrying on of the pre-sentence business.

Maximum penalty—100 penalty units. (4) Subsection (1) does not apply to the person in relation to the pre-sentence business until the end of the 21 days mentioned in subsection (3). 28A Restriction on prisoner dealing with prisoner’s artwork (1) While a prisoner is in a corrective services facility, the prisoner must not sell, give, give possession of, or otherwise dispose of the prisoner’s artwork, unless allowed to do so under section 28B, 28C or 28D. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units. (2) Subsection (1) does not prevent a prisoner abandoning or destroying the artwork. s 28A ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 28B Giving prisoner’s artwork to a person as a gift (1) A prisoner may—

(a) with the chief executive’s written approval, give a particular item of the prisoner’s artwork to a person as a gift; or

(b) donate 1 or more items of the prisoner’s artwork to the State.

(2) For deciding whether to give an approval under subsection (1) (a), the chief executive must consider all of the following—

(a) the chief executive’s estimated value of the artwork;

(b) the person to whom the artwork is proposed to be given;

(d) the number of previous gifts of artwork made by the prisoner, whether or not to the same person;

(e) any other matter the chief executive considers relevant.

s 28B ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 28C Giving prisoner’s artwork to a person to hold on the prisoner’s behalf (1) A prisoner may, with the chief executive’s written approval, give the prisoner’s artwork to a person other than the State to hold on the prisoner’s behalf. (2) Also, a prisoner may, if the chief executive agrees, give the prisoner’s artwork to the State to hold on the prisoner’s behalf. s 28C ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 28D Giving prisoner’s artwork to the State for disposal as agreed The prisoner may give the prisoner’s artwork to the State for the purpose of the State’s disposing of the artwork as agreed with the prisoner. s 28D ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 28E No consideration to be paid for holding prisoner’s artwork under s 28C The prisoner must not ask for, or accept, consideration for—

(a) giving the artwork to a person to hold under section 28C; or

(b) delivering the artwork to a person to hold under section 28C.

Maximum penalty—40 penalty units. s 28E ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 28F Person holding prisoner’s artwork for prisoner (1) A person, other than the State, holding prisoner’s artwork on behalf of a prisoner must not sell, give, give possession of, or otherwise dispose of the prisoner’s artwork, unless allowed to do so under subsection (2), (3) or (4). Maximum penalty—40 penalty units. (2) The person may give the artwork—

(a) to the prisoner, if the prisoner is discharged or released from custody; or

(b) to someone else to hold on the prisoner’s behalf, if the prisoner consents.

(3) If the person tells the prisoner that the person no longer wishes to hold the artwork on behalf of the prisoner—

(a) the person may give the artwork—

(i) to another person authorised by the prisoner to hold the artwork on the prisoner’s behalf; or

(ii) to a person authorised by the prisoner to collect the artwork for delivery to another person to hold on the prisoner’s behalf; or

(b) if—

(i) the prisoner has not been discharged or released from custody; and

(ii) the person has not received authority from the prisoner to deal with the artwork under paragraph (a) within 1 month after telling the prisoner the person no longer wishes to hold the artwork on behalf of the prisoner;

the person may give the artwork to the chief executive. (4) The person may dispose of the artwork if all of the following apply—

(a) the prisoner is discharged or released from custody;

(b) the recipient makes reasonable efforts to locate the prisoner and ask the prisoner to collect, or arrange for the collection of, the artwork;

(5) The person must not ask for, or accept, consideration for—

(a) giving the artwork to someone else to hold on the prisoner’s behalf; or

(b) giving the artwork to a person for delivery to another person to hold on the prisoner’s behalf.

Maximum penalty for subsection (5)—40 penalty units. s 28F ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 28G Prisoner and not the State has responsibility for collecting artwork held on behalf of the prisoner (1) The prisoner, and not the State, is responsible for collecting, or arranging for the collection of, the artwork from a person holding the artwork on the prisoner’s behalf if—

(a) the prisoner is discharged or released from custody; or

(b) the person tells the prisoner that the person no longer wishes to hold the artwork on the prisoner’s behalf.

(2) If the chief executive incurs expense in dealing with the artwork under section 28F (3) (b), the chief executive may recover the expense from the prisoner. s 28G ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 28H Limited liability of persons holding artwork on behalf of prisoner (1) If the prisoner gives the artwork to a person under section 28C, the person is not liable for—

(a) loss of the artwork; or

(b) damage to the artwork, other than deliberate damage to it by the person.

(2) If the prisoner gives the artwork to the State under section 28D, the State is not liable for loss of, or damage to, the artwork while it is in the State’s possession. s 28H ins 2009 No. 30 s 7 Division 2 Children accommodated with female prisoners 29 Application for accommodation of child with female prisoner (1) This section applies if a female prisoner—

(a) gives birth to a child during her period of imprisonment; or

(b) has custody of a child—

(i) of whom the prisoner is the mother; or

(ii) the subject of a court order requiring the child to live with the prisoner, whether or not the prisoner is the child’s mother.

(2) On admission to the corrective services facility, the prisoner must be informed that—

(a) the prisoner, or the child protection chief executive, may apply to the chief executive to have the child accommodated with the prisoner; and

(b) if the prisoner, or the child protection chief executive, applies and the application is successful, the prisoner will have primary responsibility for the child’s care and safety, including all costs associated with the care.

(3) The following persons may apply, in the approved form, to the chief executive to have the child accommodated with the prisoner in the corrective services facility—

(a) the prisoner;

(b) the child protection chief executive.

(4) In this section— costs associated, with the care of a child, includes the cost of nappies and baby goods for the child, but does not include the cost of food and drink for the child. 30 Deciding application (1) The chief executive may grant an application to have a child accommodated with a prisoner in a corrective services facility if—

(a) the chief executive decides there is suitable accommodation in the facility for the child; and

(b) either—

(i) the child is not eligible to start primary school; or

(ii) each of the following apply—

(A) the child is eligible to start primary school;

(B) the prisoner is in a community corrections centre;

(c) the child is immunised in accordance with the recommendations of the department in which the Health Act 1937 is administered; and

(d) the child is not subject to a court order requiring the child to live with someone else; and

(e) for a child in care—the child protection chief executive has consented to the child being accommodated with the prisoner; and

(f) the chief executive is satisfied it is in the child’s best interests.

(2) In deciding what is in the child’s best interests, the chief executive may consider each of the following—

(a) the child’s—

(i) age and sex; and

(ii) cultural background; and

(iii) mental and physical health;

(b) the emotional ties between the child and his or her parents;

(c) the child’s established living pattern, including, for example, the pattern of the child’s home, school, community and religious life;

(d) if the chief executive is satisfied the child is able to express a view, the child’s wishes.

31 Removing child from corrective services facility (1) The chief executive may remove a child being accommodated with a prisoner in a corrective services facility if any of the following apply—

(a) a court orders that the child live with another person;

(b) the chief executive is satisfied it is in the child’s best interests;

(d) the child is not a child mentioned in section 30 (1) (b) (ii) and becomes eligible to start primary school;

(e) the prisoner with whom the child is accommodated is transferred to another corrective services facility and the chief executive decides the accommodation at the other corrective services facility is not suitable for the child;

(f) the chief executive is satisfied it is in the interests of the good order and management of the facility.

(2) In deciding what is in the child’s best interests, the chief executive must consider each of the following—

(a) the child’s—

(i) age and sex; and

(ii) mental and physical health;

(b) anything else the chief executive considers relevant.

(3) Separation of a child from a prisoner with whom the child is accommodated must not be used as a form of discipline against the prisoner. 32 Search of accommodated child (1) The chief executive may require a child accommodated with a female prisoner in a corrective services facility to submit to a general search or scanning search before entering the facility. (2) The chief executive must not require the child to submit to a personal search or a search requiring the removal of clothing. Division 3 Search of prisoners 33 Power to search (1) The chief executive may order a corrective services officer—

(a) to conduct a general search, personal search or scanning search of a prisoner; or

(b) to search a prisoner’s room; or

(2) Also, a corrective services officer may conduct a general search, personal search or scanning search of a prisoner if the officer reasonably suspects the prisoner possesses something that poses, or is likely to pose, a risk to—

(a) the security or good order of the corrective services facility; or

(b) the safety of persons in the facility.

(3) A power under this Act to search a prisoner in any way—

(a) includes a power to search anything in the prisoner’s possession; and

(b) may be exercised at any time, including, for example, on the day on which the prisoner is discharged or released.

34 Personal search of prisoners leaving particular part of corrective services facility (1) The chief executive may order the personal searching of prisoners whenever they leave a part of a corrective services facility stated in the order where prisoners have access to concealable prohibited things. Example of part of a corrective services facility— a kitchen or workshop (2) A personal search of a prisoner may be carried out only by a corrective services officer of the same sex as the prisoner. 35 Search requiring the removal of clothing of prisoners on chief executive’s direction (1) The chief executive may give a written direction to a corrective services officer for the carrying out of a search requiring the removal of clothing of prisoners as stated in the direction, including, for example, at the times stated in the direction. (2) The search must be carried out as required under the direction. (3) However, a direction under subsection (1) does not apply to a particular prisoner if the chief executive reasonably considers it unnecessary for the search to be carried out on the prisoner because of the prisoner’s exceptional circumstances. Example for subsection (3)— A direction requires a search requiring the removal of clothing of a prisoner to be carried out when a prisoner enters a corrective services facility. A pregnant prisoner returns to the facility from an escorted antenatal visit and the corrective services officer who escorted the prisoner advises that the prisoner had no likely opportunity to obtain a prohibited thing while on the visit. The chief executive may consider it unnecessary for the search to be carried out on the prisoner. (4) A search requiring the removal of clothing under this section may be preceded by another less intrusive search. 36 Search requiring the removal of clothing of prisoners on chief executive’s order—generally (1) The chief executive may order a search requiring the removal of clothing of 1 or more prisoners if the chief executive is satisfied the search is necessary for either or both of the following—

(a) the security or good order of the corrective services facility;

(b) the safe custody and welfare of prisoners at the facility.

Example— A knife is missing from the kitchen of a corrective services facility. The chief executive may be satisfied that a search requiring the removal of clothing of each prisoner who worked in the kitchen that day is necessary for the security or good order of the facility or for the safe custody and welfare of prisoners at the facility. (2) A search requiring the removal of clothing under this section may be preceded by another less intrusive search. 37 Search requiring the removal of clothing on reasonable suspicion (1) The chief executive may order a search requiring the removal of clothing of a prisoner if the chief executive reasonably suspects the prisoner has a prohibited thing concealed on the prisoner’s person. (2) A search requiring the removal of clothing under this section may be preceded by another less intrusive search. 38 Requirements for search requiring the removal of clothing (1) A search requiring the removal of clothing of a prisoner must be carried out by at least 2 corrective services officers, but by no more officers than are reasonably necessary to carry out the search. (2) Each corrective services officer carrying out the search must be of the same sex as the prisoner. (3) Before carrying out the search, one of the corrective services officers must tell the prisoner—

(a) that the prisoner will be required to remove the prisoner’s clothing during the search; and

(b) why it is necessary to remove the clothing.

(4) A corrective services officer carrying out the search—

(a) must ensure, as far as reasonably practicable, that the way in which the prisoner is searched causes minimal embarrassment to the prisoner; and

(b) must take reasonable care to protect the prisoner’s dignity; and

(d) must allow the prisoner to dress as soon as the search is finished.

(5) A corrective services officer carrying out the search must, if reasonably practicable, give the prisoner the opportunity to remain partly clothed during the search, including, for example, by allowing the prisoner to dress his or her upper body before being required to remove clothing from the lower part of the body. (6) If a corrective services officer seizes clothing because of the search, the officer must ensure the prisoner is left with, or given, reasonably appropriate clothing. (7) A regulation may prescribe other requirements and procedures for ensuring the effective carrying out of searches requiring the removal of clothing of prisoners. 39 Body search of particular prisoner (1) The chief executive may authorise a doctor to conduct a body search of a prisoner if the chief executive reasonably believes—

(a) the prisoner has ingested something that may jeopardise the prisoner’s health or wellbeing; or

(b) the prisoner has a prohibited thing concealed within his or her person that may potentially be used in a way that may pose a risk to the security or good order of the facility; or

(2) A nurse must be present during the body search, and if the doctor is not of the same sex as the prisoner, the nurse must be of the same sex. (3) If the doctor reasonably requires help to conduct the body search, the doctor may ask another person to help the doctor. (4) Except in an emergency, the other person must be of the same sex as the prisoner. (5) The doctor may seize anything discovered during the body search if—

(a) seizing the thing would not be likely to cause grievous bodily harm to the prisoner; and

(b) the doctor reasonably believes the thing may be evidence of the commission of an offence or breach of discipline by the prisoner.

(6) The doctor must give a seized thing to a corrective services officer as soon as practicable after seizing it. 40 Register of searches (1) The chief executive must establish a register, for each corrective services facility, recording the details of each search carried out at the facility requiring the removal of clothing, and each body search, of a prisoner. (2) The details must include the following—

(a) the reason for the search;

(b) the names of the persons present during the search;

(3) The chief executive must make each register available for inspection by an official visitor. 41 Who may be required to give test sample (1) The chief executive may require any of the following persons to give a test sample of the type the chief executive requires—

(a) a prisoner;

(b) an offender if—

(i) the giving of the test sample is required by a conditional release order, parole order or court order; or

(ii) for an offender who is released on parole—the chief executive reasonably believes the offender poses a serious and immediate risk of harm to himself or herself;

(2) The chief executive must give the person the results of the final tests conducted on the test sample as soon as practicable after the chief executive receives the results of the final tests. s 41 amd 2013 No. 64 s 13 42 Giving test sample (1) The chief executive, a doctor or a nurse may give a prisoner or an offender mentioned in section 41 (1) (b) directions about the way the prisoner or offender must give a test sample. (2) Only a doctor or nurse may take a sample of blood. (3) A doctor or nurse, and anyone acting in good faith at the direction of the doctor or nurse, may use the force that is reasonably necessary to enable the doctor or nurse to take the test sample. (4) A regulation may prescribe—

(a) the number of corrective services officers that must be present when a test sample stated in the regulation is being taken from a prisoner; and

(b) how a test sample stated in the regulation, other than a sample of blood, must be taken.

43 Consequences of positive test sample (1) If a prisoner gives a positive test sample—

(a) the test result may be considered when assessing the prisoner’s security classification; and

(b) the prisoner may be required to undertake a medical or behavioural treatment program.

(2) Subsection (1) may apply in addition to the prisoner being dealt with for the commission of an offence or a breach of discipline. (3) When acting under subsection (1), the chief executive must take into account the circumstances of the case and the prisoner’s needs. (4) A prisoner is taken to have given a positive test sample if the prisoner—

(a) refuses to supply the test sample; or

(b) fails to supply the test sample within a reasonable time, unless the prisoner has a reasonable excuse; or Example of a reasonable excuse— a medical condition preventing the prisoner from supplying the test sample in the time it might reasonably take another prisoner who does not have the medical condition to supply the sample

(d) tampers, or attempts to tamper, with the test sample.

Division 4 Mail, phone calls and other communications Subdivision 1 Mail 44 Prisoner’s ordinary mail at prisoner’s own expense (1) A prisoner must purchase anything required for the prisoner’s ordinary mail. (2) However, if the chief executive is satisfied that a prisoner does not have enough money to pay the postage costs, the costs may be paid for by the chief executive. (3) If subsection (2) applies to a prisoner, the prisoner may post a letter not more than twice a week, unless otherwise approved by the chief executive. (4) If a prisoner is participating in an approved activity, course or program that requires the prisoner to send things by mail, the postage costs associated with the prisoner’s participation must be paid for by the chief executive. 45 Opening, searching and censoring mail (1) A corrective services officer authorised by the chief executive may open, search and censor a prisoner’s ordinary mail. (2) A corrective services officer authorised by the chief executive may, in a prisoner’s presence, open and search the prisoner’s privileged mail or mail purporting to be privileged mail, if the officer reasonably suspects the mail—

(a) contains—

(i) something that may physically harm the person to whom it is addressed; or

(ii) a prohibited thing; or

(b) is not privileged mail.

(3) However, a corrective services officer mentioned in subsection (2) must not read a prisoner’s privileged mail, other than to establish that it is privileged mail, without the prisoner’s written consent. (4) If a corrective services officer reads a prisoner’s privileged mail, the officer must not disclose the contents to any person. Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (5) Subject to sections 46 to 48, after a prisoner’s mail has been searched or censored it must be—

(a) for incoming mail—immediately delivered to the prisoner to whom it is addressed; or

(b) for outgoing mail—immediately placed into the external mail system.

46 Seizing and otherwise dealing with mail containing information about the commission of an offence (1) If a search of a prisoner’s mail reveals information about the commission of an offence—

(a) the mail may be seized by—

(i) if it is privileged mail—the chief executive; or

(ii) if it is ordinary mail—a corrective services officer; and

(b) the chief executive must give the information revealed in the mail to the relevant law enforcement agency.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the prisoner’s mail is privileged mail and the information is about the commission of the offence for which the prisoner is being detained. 47 Seizing harmful or prohibited things contained in privileged mail The chief executive may seize something in a prisoner’s privileged mail if the thing—

(a) may physically harm the person to whom it is addressed; or

(b) is a prohibited thing.

48 Seizing ordinary mail and things contained in it (1) A corrective services officer may seize a prisoner’s ordinary mail, or anything in it, to stop—

(a) anything that poses a risk to the security or good order of the corrective services facility entering or leaving the facility; or

(b) anything that appears to be intended for the commission of an offence, or a breach of a court order, entering or leaving the facility; or

(c) threatening or otherwise inappropriate correspondence leaving the facility; or Example of inappropriate correspondence— correspondence by a prisoner, who has been convicted of a sexual offence against a child, to a child with whom the prisoner had no relationship before being imprisoned

(d) a prohibited thing entering or leaving the facility; or

(e) the prisoner purchasing goods or services without the chief executive’s written approval.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a document to which legal professional privilege attaches. 49 Register of privileged mail searches (1) The chief executive must establish a register, for each corrective services facility, recording the following for each search of a prisoner’s privileged mail—

(a) the reasons for the search, including the basis for the corrective services officer’s reasonable suspicion about the mail;

(b) without disclosing the contents of the mail, the result of the search.

(2) The chief executive must make the register available for inspection by an official visitor. Subdivision 2 Phone calls 50 Phone calls (1) A prisoner may—

(a) at the chief executive’s expense, make 1 phone call on admission to a corrective services facility; and

(b) at the prisoner’s own expense, phone approved persons at approved telephone numbers.

(2) However, the chief executive may pay for a call mentioned in subsection (1) (b) if the chief executive considers there is sufficient reason to do so. (3) The chief executive may decide the length and frequency of phone calls made by prisoners. (4) A prisoner in a corrective services facility can not receive phone calls from outside the facility, other than an approved phone call in the event of a family or other personal emergency. (5) A prisoner must not—

(a) call an approved telephone number knowing the call will be diverted to another telephone number to allow the prisoner to contact someone other than an approved person; or

(b) intentionally continue with a call that—

(i) the prisoner knows is diverted from an approved telephone number to another telephone number; and

(ii) allows the prisoner to contact someone other than an approved person; or

Maximum penalty—6 months imprisonment. (6) The chief executive may approve a prisoner’s participation in a conference call if the prisoner requires the use of an interpreter. Subdivision 3 Other communications 51 Personal videoconferences for approved prisoners (1) An approved prisoner may contact approved persons by videoconferencing technology if the technology is available for the prisoner’s use at the corrective services facility. (2) The chief executive may pay for a videoconference mentioned in subsection (1) if the chief executive considers there is sufficient reason to do so. (3) The chief executive may decide the length and frequency of an approved prisoner’s videoconference. (4) An approved prisoner must not intentionally continue with a videoconference that allows the prisoner to contact someone other than an approved person. Maximum penalty for subsection (4)—6 months imprisonment. Subdivision 4 Recording or monitoring prisoner communications 52 Recording or monitoring prisoner communication (1) The chief executive may record or monitor a prisoner communication. (2) However, the chief executive must not record or monitor a prisoner communication the chief executive has authorised to be made between a prisoner and—

(a) the prisoner’s lawyer; or

(b) an officer of a law enforcement agency; or

(d) the ombudsman.

(3) The parties to each prisoner communication, other than a communication mentioned in subsection (2), must be told the communication may be recorded and monitored. (4) The chief executive may end a prisoner communication if the chief executive reasonably believes the communication constitutes—

(a) an offence; or

(b) a breach of a court order; or

(5) If a prisoner communication recorded or monitored under this section reveals information about the commission of an offence, the chief executive must give the information to the relevant law enforcement agency. (6) In this section— prisoner communication means a phone call, an electronic communication or a video link communication made to or from a prisoner. Division 5 Safety orders 53 Safety order (1) The chief executive may make an order (a safety order) for a prisoner if—

(a) a doctor or psychologist advises the chief executive that the doctor or psychologist reasonably believes there is a risk of the prisoner harming himself, herself or someone else; or

(b) the chief executive reasonably believes—

(i) there is a risk of the prisoner harming, or being harmed by, someone else; or

(ii) the safety order is necessary for the security or good order of the corrective services facility.

(2) The safety order must not be for a period longer than 1 month. (3) The safety order must state the conditions, prescribed under a regulation, that apply to the prisoner’s treatment. (4) The chief executive may limit the privileges of a prisoner during the period of the safety order if the chief executive reasonably believes that during the period—

(a) it will not be practicable for the prisoner to receive privileges to the extent the prisoner would otherwise have received them; or

(b) having regard to the purpose of the safety order, it is not desirable that the prisoner receive privileges to the extent the prisoner would otherwise have received them.

(5) Without limiting subsection (3), the safety order must also state the extent to which, as decided by the chief executive, the prisoner may receive privileges during the period of the safety order. (6) During the period of the safety order, the prisoner may be accommodated separately from other prisoners, including, for example, in a health centre at the corrective services facility. (7) If the prisoner is separated from other prisoners during the period of the safety order, the chief executive may provide for the prisoner’s reintegration, before the period ends—

(a) into the mainstream prisoner population of the corrective services facility; or

(b) into the routine that applied to the prisoner before the safety order took effect.

(8) In this section— health centre means a part of a corrective services facility where prisoners are treated and medication is dispensed. s 53 amd 2009 No. 30 s 8 54 Consecutive safety orders (1) The chief executive may make a further safety order for a prisoner to take effect at the end of an existing safety order. (2) However, if the existing safety order was made on the advice of a doctor or psychologist, the further safety order may be made only on the advice of a doctor or psychologist. (3) The further safety order must be made not more than 7 days before the end of the existing safety order. (4) Also, if the existing safety order is taken to be for a period of more than 1 month under subsection (5), the chief executive must not make the further safety order unless—

(a) not more than 14 days before the end of the existing safety order, the chief executive gives written notice to the prisoner advising the prisoner that—

(i) the chief executive is about to consider whether a further safety order should be made; and

(ii) the prisoner may, within 7 days after receiving the written notice, make submissions to the chief executive about anything relevant to the decision about making the further safety order; and

(b) the chief executive considers any submission the prisoner makes under paragraph (a)(ii).

(5) For this section, 2 or more safety orders running consecutively are taken to be 1 safety order. Example— Initially, a safety order for a prisoner is made for a period of 2 weeks and a further safety order for the prisoner is made under this section for a period of 3 weeks. For this section, the existing safety order is taken to have been made for a period of 5 weeks. 55 Review of safety order—doctor or psychologist (1) If a safety order was made on the advice of a doctor or psychologist (the advising practitioner), the chief executive must refer the order to another doctor or psychologist (the reviewing practitioner) for review as required under subsection (2). (2) The safety order must be reviewed—

(a) if the advising practitioner recommended the order be reviewed at intervals of not more than 7 days—at intervals of not more than 7 days; or

(b) otherwise—as soon as practicable.

(3) The reviewing practitioner must review the safety order as required under subsection (2). (4) After completing the review, the reviewing practitioner must recommend to the chief executive whether the safety order should be confirmed, amended in a particular way or cancelled. (5) The chief executive must consider the recommendation and confirm, amend or cancel the safety order. (6) To remove any doubt, it is declared that the chief executive is not bound by the reviewing practitioner’s recommendation. 56 Review of safety order—official visitor (1) A prisoner subject to a safety order may apply in writing to the chief executive for referral of the order to an official visitor for review. (2) After receiving the application, the chief executive must refer the safety order to an official visitor. (3) The official visitor must review the safety order. (4) If a safety order for a prisoner is for a period of more than 1 month, an official visitor must review the order—

(a) as near as practicable to the end of the first month; and

(b) subsequently, at intervals of not more than 1 month until the period ends.

(5) When reviewing a safety order, an official visitor may exercise the powers mentioned in section 291. (6) After completing a review, an official visitor must recommend to the chief executive whether the safety order should be confirmed, amended or cancelled. (7) If the official visitor recommends that the safety order be amended by reducing the period of the order, or that the order be cancelled, the official visitor must also recommend to the chief executive what should be done about any privileges forfeited by the prisoner while the order applied to the prisoner. (8) The chief executive must consider the recommendations and either confirm, amend or cancel the safety order. (9) To remove any doubt, it is declared that the chief executive is not bound by an official visitor’s recommendations. (10) For this section, 2 or more safety orders running consecutively are taken to be 1 safety order. 57 Health examination If a safety order is made for a prisoner, a doctor or nurse must examine the prisoner for any health concerns—

(a) as soon as practicable after the order is made; and

(b) subsequently, at intervals of not more than 7 days (to the greatest practicable extent) for the duration of the order.

s 57 sub 2016 No. 42 s 5 58 Temporary safety order (1) The chief executive may make a temporary order (the temporary safety order) for a prisoner if—

(a) a doctor or psychologist is not available to advise the chief executive about the risk of the prisoner harming himself, herself or someone else; and

(b) a corrective services officer or nurse advises the chief executive that the officer or nurse reasonably believes the prisoner may harm himself, herself or someone else.

(2) The temporary safety order must not be for a period longer than 5 days. (3) The chief executive must refer the temporary safety order to a doctor or psychologist before the period ends. (4) The doctor or psychologist must review the temporary safety order as soon as practicable before the period ends. (5) After completing the review, the doctor or psychologist must recommend to the chief executive whether—

(a) the chief executive should make a safety order for the prisoner; or

(b) the temporary safety order should be cancelled.

(6) The chief executive must consider the recommendation and—

(a) if the recommendation is that a safety order be made for the prisoner—make a safety order for the prisoner; or

(b) cancel the temporary safety order.

59 Record (1) The chief executive must record, for each corrective services facility, the details of each prisoner subject to a safety order or temporary safety order. (2) For a safety order, the details must include each of the following—

(a) the prisoner’s name, identification number and age;

(b) whether the prisoner is an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person;

(d) the date on which the order was made;

(e) the period for which the order was made;

(f) the dates the prisoner was examined under section 57;

(g) if the order was reviewed—

(i) the date when the review was carried out; and

(ii) the name of the doctor, psychologist or official visitor who reviewed the order; and

(iii) the decision of the chief executive.

(3) For a temporary safety order, the details must include each of the following—

(a) the prisoner’s name, identification number and age;

(b) whether the prisoner is an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person;

(d) the date on which the order was made;

(e) the period for which the order was made;

(f) the date when the order was reviewed;

(g) the name of the doctor or psychologist who reviewed the order;

(h) the decision of the chief executive following the review.

Division 6 Maximum security orders 60 Maximum security order (1) The chief executive may make an order (the maximum security order) that a prisoner be accommodated in a maximum security unit. (2) The maximum security order may be made only if—

(a) the prisoner’s security classification is maximum; and

(b) the chief executive reasonably believes that 1 or more of the following apply—

(i) there is a high risk of the prisoner escaping, or attempting to escape;

(ii) there is a high risk of the prisoner killing or seriously injuring other prisoners or other persons with whom the prisoner may come into contact;

(iii) generally, the prisoner is a substantial threat to the security or good order of the corrective services facility.

(3) The maximum security order must not be for a period longer than 6 months. 61 Consecutive maximum security orders (1) The chief executive may make a further maximum security order for a prisoner to take effect at the end of an existing maximum security order. (2) The further maximum security order must be made not more than 14 days before the end of the existing maximum security order. (3) However, the chief executive must not make the further maximum security order unless—

(a) not more than 28 days before the end of the existing maximum security order, the chief executive gives written notice to the prisoner advising the prisoner that—

(i) the chief executive is about to consider whether a further maximum security order should be made; and

(ii) the prisoner may, within 14 days after receiving the written notice, make submissions to the chief executive about anything relevant to the decision about making the further maximum security order; and

(b) the chief executive considers any submission the prisoner makes under paragraph (a)(ii).

62 Other matters about maximum security order (1) A maximum security order for a prisoner must include, if it is practicable, directions about the extent to which—

(a) the prisoner is to be separated from other prisoners accommodated in the maximum security unit; and

(b) the prisoner is to receive privileges.

(2) The privileges the prisoner may receive while subject to the maximum security order must be limited to privileges—

(a) that can be enjoyed within the maximum security unit; and

(b) the enjoyment of which, in the circumstances of the order, may reasonably be expected not to pose a risk to the security or good order of the corrective services facility.

(3) The maximum security order may include directions about the prisoner’s access, within the maximum security unit, to programs and services, including training and counselling. (4) The chief executive may provide for the prisoner’s reintegration into the mainstream prisoner population of the corrective services facility before the period of the maximum security order ends. 63 Review of maximum security order (1) A prisoner subject to a maximum security order may apply in writing to the chief executive for referral of the order to an official visitor for review. (2) However—

(a) if the period of the maximum security order is 3 months or less, the prisoner can not ask for the order to be referred more than once; or

(b) if the period of the maximum security order is more than 3 months, the prisoner can not ask for the order to be referred more than twice in any 6 month period.

(3) After receiving an application under subsection (1), the chief executive must refer the maximum security order to an official visitor. (4) The official visitor must review the maximum security order. (5) In addition to the prisoner’s entitlement under subsection (2), the prisoner may also ask for the maximum security order to be referred to an official visitor if the chief executive amends the order, other than under subsection (9). (6) The official visitor, on the official visitor’s own initiative, must review the maximum security order if—

(a) the period of the order is more than 3 months; and

(b) the order has not been reviewed—

(i) at the prisoner’s request; or

(ii) within the previous 3 months.

(7) When reviewing the maximum security order, the official visitor may exercise the powers mentioned in section 291. (8) After completing the review, the official visitor must recommend to the chief executive whether the maximum security order should be confirmed, amended or cancelled. (9) The chief executive must consider the recommendation and confirm, amend or cancel the maximum security order. (10) To remove any doubt, it is declared that the chief executive is not bound by the official visitor’s recommendation. (11) For this section, 2 or more maximum security orders running consecutively are taken to be 1 maximum security order. 64 Health examination If a maximum security order is made for a prisoner, a doctor or nurse must examine the prisoner for any health concerns—

(a) as soon as practicable after the order takes effect; and

(b) subsequently, at intervals of not more than 28 days (to the greatest practicable extent) for the duration of the order; and

s 64 sub 2016 No. 42 s 6 65 Record (1) The chief executive must record, for each corrective services facility, the details of each prisoner subject to a maximum security order. (2) The details must include each of the following—

(a) the prisoner’s name, identification number and age;

(b) whether the prisoner is an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person;

(d) the period for which the maximum security order was made;

(e) the dates the prisoner was examined under section 64;

(f) if the order was reviewed—

(i) the date when the review was carried out; and

(ii) the name of the official visitor who reviewed the order; and

(iii) the decision of the chief executive following the review.

Division 6A Criminal organisation segregation orders div hdg ins 2013 No. 64 s 14 65A Making criminal organisation segregation order (1) The chief executive must make an order (a criminal organisation segregation order or COSO) for a prisoner if the commissioner advises the chief executive under section 344AA that the prisoner is an identified participant in a criminal organisation. Note— See also sections 350A and 350B. (2) The COSO remains in effect for the period of the prisoner’s imprisonment. (3) However, the chief executive must cancel the COSO if the commissioner gives the chief executive information under section 344AA that the prisoner is no longer an identified participant in a criminal organisation. s 65A ins 2013 No. 64 s 14 65B Directions in COSOs A COSO may include directions about the extent to which—

(a) the prisoner is to be segregated from other prisoners; and

(b) the prisoner is to receive privileges; and

s 65B ins 2013 No. 64 s 14 65C Health examination If a COSO is made for a prisoner, a doctor or nurse must examine the prisoner for any health concerns—

(a) as soon as practicable after the COSO takes effect; and

(b) subsequently, at intervals of not more than 28 days (to the greatest practicable extent) for the duration of the COSO; and

s 65C ins 2013 No. 64 s 14 sub 2016 No. 42 s 7 65D Record (1) The chief executive must record, for each corrective services facility, the details of each prisoner who is or was subject to a COSO. (2) The details for a prisoner must include each of the following—

(a) the prisoner’s name, identification number and age;

(b) the date on which the COSO was made;

(d) the dates on which the prisoner was examined under section 65C.

(3) The chief executive must, for each prisoner who is or was subject to a COSO, also keep a copy of any advice given to the chief executive that the prisoner is, or is not, an identified participant in a criminal organisation. s 65D ins 2013 No. 64 s 14 Division 7 Transfer and removal of prisoners Subdivision 1 Transfer to a work camp 66 Work order (1) The chief executive may, by written order (a work order), transfer a prisoner from a corrective services facility to a work camp. (2) The prisoner must perform community service as directed by the chief executive. (3) A work order may include the conditions the chief executive reasonably considers necessary for all or any of the following—

(a) to help the prisoner reintegrate into the community;

(b) to ensure the prisoner’s good conduct;

(4) The chief executive must give a copy of the work order to the prisoner. (5) The prisoner must—

(a) keep the copy of the work order in the prisoner’s possession while it is in force; and

(b) if asked by a corrective services officer or police officer, produce the copy of the order for inspection by the officer.

(6) The Judicial Review Act 1991 , parts 3, 4 and 5, other than section 41 (1), do not apply to a decision made, or purportedly made, under this section about transferring a prisoner. Note— The Judicial Review Act 1991 , part 3 deals with statutory orders of review, part 4 deals with reasons for decisions and part 5 deals with prerogative orders and injunctions. (7) In this section— decision includes a decision affected by jurisdictional error. 67 Restriction on eligibility for transfer to work camp (1) A prisoner is not eligible to be transferred to a work camp if—

(a) the prisoner has been charged with an offence that has not been dealt with by a court; or

(b) the chief executive is aware of an unexecuted warrant relating to the prisoner; or

(d) an appeal has been made to a court against the prisoner’s conviction or sentence and the appeal is not decided; or

(e) the prisoner has been convicted of a sexual offence.

(2) When deciding whether to transfer a prisoner to a work camp, the chief executive must consider—

(a) all recommendations of the sentencing court; and

(b) the risk the prisoner may pose to the community, including, for example, by considering—

(i) the risk of the prisoner escaping or attempting to escape; and

(ii) the risk of physical or psychological harm to a member of the community and the degree of risk; and

(iii) the prisoner’s security classification; and

Subdivision 2 Other transfer and removal of prisoners 68 Transfer to another corrective services facility or a health institution (1) The chief executive may, by written order, transfer a prisoner from a corrective services facility to—

(a) another corrective services facility; or

(b) a place for—

(i) medical or psychological examination or treatment; or

(ii) examination or treatment for substance dependency.

(2) The order may include the conditions the chief executive reasonably considers necessary to effect the transfer. (3) The prisoner must be escorted by a corrective services officer or police officer. (4) The prisoner may be detained in a place for as long as is necessary or convenient to give effect to the order. (5) If a prisoner is transferred to an authorised mental health service and becomes a classified patient under the Mental Health Act 2000 , the patient is taken to be in the custody of the administrator of the patient’s treating health service under that Act. (6) The Judicial Review Act 1991 , parts 3, 4 and 5, other than section 41 (1), do not apply to a decision made, or purportedly made, under this section about transferring a prisoner. Note— The Judicial Review Act 1991 , part 3 deals with statutory orders of review, part 4 deals with reasons for decisions and part 5 deals with prerogative orders and injunctions. (7) In this section— decision includes a decision affected by jurisdictional error. 69 Transfer to court (1) The chief executive must produce a prisoner at the time and place, and for the purpose, stated in a court order or an attendance authority. (2) A party to a civil proceeding who requires a prisoner to attend court must pay to the chief executive the expenses for the prisoner’s attendance. (3) The transfer of a prisoner to a court must be authorised by an order of the chief executive, even if it is required by a court order or an attendance authority. (4) In this section— attendance authority means—

(a) a summons under the Justices Act 1886 ; or

(b) a notice to appear under the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 ; or

(d) a notice from a court to the chief executive advising that the prisoner is required to be present in the court for a particular matter.

civil proceeding does not include—

(a) a criminal proceeding; or

(b) a proceeding relating to corrupt conduct alleged against a staff member.

court includes a tribunal or person with power to compel persons to attend before it, him or her. s 69 amd 2009 No. 30 s 9; 2014 No. 21 s 94 (2) sch 2 70 Removal of prisoner for law enforcement purposes (1) A person may, in the approved form, apply to the chief executive for a prisoner to be removed from a corrective services facility to another place to enable—

(a) the prisoner to provide information to a law enforcement agency to help the agency perform its law enforcement functions; or

(b) a law enforcement agency to question the prisoner about an indictable offence alleged to have been committed by the prisoner.

(2) The chief executive may authorise the removal of the prisoner only if the prisoner, in the presence of an official visitor, agrees in writing. (3) The prisoner may be removed only by a corrective services officer or police officer. (4) While the prisoner is absent from the corrective services facility, the prisoner is taken to be in the custody of the chief executive of the law enforcement agency. Subdivision 3 Reconsidering transfer decision 71 Reconsidering decision (1) This section applies if—

(a) the chief executive decides to transfer a prisoner under section 66 or 68, other than a preliminary transfer or a transfer for the purposes of the prisoner’s initial placement; and

(b) the prisoner is dissatisfied with the decision.

(2) The prisoner may, within 7 days after being given notice of the decision, apply in writing to the chief executive for a reconsideration of the decision. (3) After reconsidering the decision, the chief executive may confirm, amend or cancel the decision. (4) The Judicial Review Act 1991 , parts 3, 4 and 5, other than section 41 (1), do not apply to a decision made, or purportedly made, under subsection (3). Note— The Judicial Review Act 1991 , part 3 deals with statutory orders of review, part 4 deals with reasons for decisions and part 5 deals with prerogative orders and injunctions. (5) This section does not apply if the prisoner is subject to a criminal organisation segregation order. (6) In this section— decision, for subsection (4), includes a decision affected by jurisdictional error. initial placement, of a prisoner who is sentenced to a period of imprisonment, means the placement of the prisoner at—

(a) if a preliminary transfer of the prisoner has been made—the corrective services facility to which the prisoner is transferred following the preliminary transfer; or

(b) otherwise—the corrective services facility to which the prisoner is transferred after first being admitted to a corrective services facility on sentencing.

preliminary transfer means the transfer on sentencing of a prisoner who is detained on remand for an offence, if the transfer is for the purposes of assessing and determining an appropriate corrective services facility for the prisoner’s initial placement. s 71 amd 2013 No. 64 s 15; 2016 No. 42 s 8 Division 8 Leave of absence Subdivision 1 Chief executive’s powers 72 Power to grant leave (1) The chief executive may, by written order, grant a prisoner—

(a) leave for community service (community service leave); or

(b) leave for compassionate reasons (compassionate leave); or

(d) leave for medical, dental or optical treatment (health leave); or

(e) leave for another purpose the chief executive is satisfied justifies granting the leave.

(2) The chief executive may grant the leave on reasonable conditions stated in the order. (3) The chief executive may, if the chief executive reasonably considers it necessary, order the prisoner remain in the physical custody of, or be supervised by, a corrective services officer during the leave. (4) This section applies subject to section 73 and subdivision 3. s 72 amd 2009 No. 30 s 10 73 Compassionate leave (1) Compassionate leave may be granted to enable a prisoner—

(a) to visit a relative who is seriously ill; or

(b) to attend a relative’s funeral; or

(c) for a female prisoner who is the mother of a young child—to establish the child with a replacement primary care giver; or

(d) for a prisoner who, before being imprisoned, was the primary care giver of a child—to maintain the relationship with the child.

(2) The prisoner must prove the need for the leave to the chief executive’s satisfaction. (3) When considering whether to grant compassionate leave to a prisoner, the chief executive must take into account the prisoner’s culturally specific needs. 74 Resettlement leave s 74 om 2009 No. 30 s 11 Subdivision 2 Parole board powers sdiv 2 (ss 75–80) om 2009 No. 30 s 11 75 sdiv 2 (ss 75–80) om 2009 No. 30 s 11 76 sdiv 2 (ss 75–80) om 2009 No. 30 s 11 77 sdiv 2 (ss 75–80) om 2009 No. 30 s 11 78 sdiv 2 (ss 75–80) om 2009 No. 30 s 11 79 sdiv 2 (ss 75–80) om 2009 No. 30 s 11 80 sdiv 2 (ss 75–80) om 2009 No. 30 s 11 Subdivision 3 Restrictions on granting particular leave 81 Leave for prisoner serving a life sentence, or serious violent offender (1) This section applies to the grant of any of the following leave to a prisoner who is serving a life sentence or is a serious violent offender—

(a) community service leave;

(b) educational leave.

(2) If a court ordered that the prisoner serve a stated period before being granted leave, the chief executive must not grant leave to the prisoner unless the prisoner has served at least the stated period. (3) Otherwise, the chief executive must not grant leave to the prisoner unless the prisoner has reached the prisoner’s parole eligibility date. (4) In deciding whether to grant leave to the prisoner, the chief executive must consider all recommendations of the sentencing court about the prisoner. 82 Leave for other particular prisoners (1) The following prisoners may be granted only compassionate leave or health leave—

(a) a prisoner detained on remand for an offence;

(b) a prisoner detained under the Migration Act 1958 (Cwlth);

(d) a prisoner detained under the Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , part 3; Note— The Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , part 3 deals with indeterminate detention of offenders convicted of sexual offences.

(e) a prisoner detained, other than as mentioned in paragraph (d), for a sexual offence.

(2) The prisoner must remain in the physical custody of a corrective services officer during the leave. s 82 amd 2006 No. 45 s 7 Subdivision 4 Other provisions about leave of absence 83 Prisoner’s expenses while on leave (1) The chief executive may authorise a prisoner granted leave of absence to be given money or something else the chief executive reasonably considers necessary to meet the prisoner’s requirements while on the leave. (2) The prisoner must return to the chief executive the unused portion of money given to the prisoner. 84 Prisoner’s duties while on leave (1) The chief executive must give a prisoner granted leave of absence a copy of the order granting the leave. (2) While on the leave, the prisoner must—

(a) keep the copy of the order in the prisoner’s possession; and

(b) if asked by a police officer or a corrective services officer, produce the copy of the order for inspection by the officer.

(3) The prisoner must comply with the conditions stated in the order, unless the prisoner has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty for subsection (3)—6 months imprisonment. 85 Suspending or cancelling order for leave of absence (1) The chief executive may suspend the operation of an order for a prisoner’s leave of absence and require the prisoner to return to a corrective services facility if the chief executive reasonably believes the prisoner—

(a) has failed to comply with the order; or

(b) poses a serious and immediate risk of harm to someone else; or

(2) The chief executive must notify the prisoner of the suspension or cancellation of the order before requiring the prisoner to return, unless the chief executive reasonably believes the prisoner poses a serious and immediate risk of harm to someone else. s 85 amd 2009 No. 30 s 12 86 Notice to Queensland board about suspension of order for resettlement leave s 86 om 2009 No. 30 s 13 87 Leave of absence is part of period of imprisonment The time spent by a prisoner on leave of absence, whether before or after the commencement of this section, counts as time served under the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. 88 When leave of absence is not required Leave of absence is not required to authorise the transfer of a prisoner from a corrective services facility—

(a) to another part of the facility; or

(b) to another corrective services facility, if the prisoner does not go anywhere else on the way to the other corrective services facility.

Division 9 Interstate leave of absence Subdivision 1 Interstate leave permit 89 Interstate leave permit (1) The chief executive may, by written order (interstate leave permit) issued to a prisoner, grant leave to the prisoner to travel to and from, and remain in, a participating State for a stated period of not more than 7 days for a purpose prescribed under a regulation. (2) The interstate leave permit is subject to the conditions, including conditions about escorting the prisoner, the chief executive states in the permit. Example— The chief executive may require a corrective services officer to escort the prisoner while on leave. (3) The prisoner must comply with the conditions of the interstate leave permit, unless the prisoner has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty for subsection (3)—6 months imprisonment. 90 Effect of interstate leave permit (1) An interstate leave permit issued to a prisoner authorises the prisoner to be absent from the corrective services facility—

(a) for the purpose and period stated in the permit; and

(b) as stated in the permit, either—

(i) unescorted; or

(ii) while being escorted.

(2) An interstate leave permit requiring the prisoner to be escorted authorises the prisoner to be escorted—

(a) to the participating State, whether or not across another State, and within the participating State; and

(b) back to the corrective services facility.

(3) While a prisoner is on leave under an interstate leave permit, the prisoner remains in the chief executive’s custody. (4) The time spent by a prisoner on leave under an interstate leave permit counts as time served under the prisoner’s period of imprisonment, but only if the prisoner does not breach a condition of the permit. 91 Amending or cancelling permit (1) The chief executive may, by signed instrument, amend or cancel an interstate leave permit. (2) The amendment or cancellation takes effect immediately the chief executive signs the instrument. 92 Notice to participating State (1) On the granting of an interstate leave permit, the chief executive must give written notice of the issue, and period, of the permit to—

(a) the corresponding chief executive and chief officer of police of the participating State; and

(b) the chief officer of police of any other State through which the prisoner is to travel to reach the participating State.

(2) In this section— corresponding chief executive, of a participating State, means the officer responsible for the administration of corrective services in that State. 93 Liability for damage (1) The State is liable for any damage or loss sustained by anyone in a participating State that is caused by the act or omission of a prisoner, or a person escorting the prisoner, while in the participating State because of an interstate leave permit. (2) Nothing in this section affects or limits any right of action the State may have against the prisoner or person for the damage or loss. Subdivision 2 Corresponding interstate leave permit 94 Effect of corresponding interstate leave permit (1) This section applies to a person who is authorised to escort an interstate prisoner under a corresponding interstate leave permit (the interstate escort). (2) The interstate escort is authorised, in Queensland, to escort the prisoner—

(a) for the purposes stated in the permit, including for the purpose of returning the interstate prisoner to the participating State; and

(b) for the period stated in the permit.

95 Escape of interstate prisoner (1) This section applies to an interstate prisoner who is in Queensland under a corresponding interstate leave permit. (2) If the interstate prisoner escapes from custody, the prisoner may be arrested without warrant by the prisoner’s interstate escort, a police officer or someone else. (3) If the interstate prisoner has escaped and been arrested, or has attempted to escape, the prisoner may be taken before a magistrate. (4) Despite the terms of the corresponding interstate leave permit, the magistrate may, by warrant, order the interstate prisoner—

(a) to be returned to the participating State; and

(b) to be delivered to an interstate escort.

(5) The warrant may be executed according to its terms. (6) The interstate prisoner mentioned in the warrant may be detained as a prisoner of the State—

(a) for 14 days after the warrant is issued; or

(b) until the prisoner is delivered into the custody of an interstate escort, if that happens before the end of the 14 days.

(7) If the interstate prisoner is not delivered into the custody of an interstate escort within 14 days after the warrant is issued, the warrant ceases to have effect. Subdivision 3 Corresponding law 96 Corresponding law A regulation may declare a law of another State to be a corresponding law for this division if the law substantially corresponds to the provisions of this division. Division 9A Approvals for Mutual Assistance in Criminal Matters Act 1987 (Cwlth) div 9A (ss 96A–96D) ins 2009 No. 30 s 14 96A Mutual assistance approval (1) At the request of the Commonwealth Attorney-General, the relevant entity may, by order in writing—

(a) give approval (mutual assistance approval) for a prisoner to travel to a foreign country—

(i) for the purpose of giving evidence at a proceeding relating to a criminal matter, as mentioned in the Commonwealth Act, section 26; or

(ii) for the purpose of giving assistance in relation to an investigation relating to a criminal matter, as mentioned in the Commonwealth Act, section 27; and

(b) give the directions and impose the conditions that the relevant entity considers are necessary for the release of the prisoner under the approval.

(2) While a mutual assistance approval is in force, the prisoner to whom the approval relates—

(a) is authorised to be absent from custody (other than custody referred to in the Commonwealth Act, section 26 (1) (e) (iii) or 27 (1) (e) (iii)) in relation to any period during which the prisoner would, if the approval were not in force, be required to be in custody; and

(b) is exempt from any other requirements imposed under this or any other Act that would, if the approval were not in force, prevent the prisoner from travelling to the foreign country for the purpose stated in the Commonwealth Attorney-General’s request.

(3) In this section— Commonwealth Act means the Mutual Assistance in Criminal Matters Act 1987 (Cwlth). relevant entity means—

(a) in relation to a prisoner who is released on parole—the Queensland board; or

(b) otherwise—the chief executive.

div 9A (ss 96A–96D) ins 2009 No. 30 s 14 96B Giving prisoner notice of approval and conditions On the giving of a mutual assistance approval, the entity that gave the approval must give the prisoner to whom it relates written notice of—

(a) the approval; and

(b) any conditions relating to the approval and imposed on the prisoner under section 96A (1) (b).

div 9A (ss 96A–96D) ins 2009 No. 30 s 14 96C Complying with conditions of approval A prisoner who is given notice, under section 96B, of a mutual assistance approval and conditions imposed on the prisoner must comply with the conditions. Maximum penalty—6 months imprisonment. div 9A (ss 96A–96D) ins 2009 No. 30 s 14 96D Time spent while released under mutual assistance approval is part of period of imprisonment The time spent by a prisoner while released under a mutual assistance approval counts as time served under the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. div 9A (ss 96A–96D) ins 2009 No. 30 s 14 Division 10 Conditional release Subdivision 1 Eligibility for conditional release 97 Eligibility (1) A prisoner is eligible for conditional release if the prisoner—

(a) was sentenced before the commencement of this section to a term of imprisonment for an offence committed on or after 1 July 2001 resulting in the prisoner’s period of imprisonment being 2 years or less; and

(b) has served two-thirds of the period of imprisonment.

(2) However, the prisoner is not eligible for conditional release if—

(a) the prisoner has been convicted of an offence committed during the period of imprisonment; or

(b) the prisoner is being detained on remand for another offence; or

(d) the prisoner must be released on parole under a court ordered parole order.

(3) A default period of imprisonment for the nonpayment of a fine or restitution, that is ordered to be served cumulatively with another period of imprisonment, is not to be taken into account for this section, including, for example, when calculating the period of imprisonment for subsection (1) (a). Subdivision 2 Conditional release order 98 Making order (1) The chief executive may, by written order (conditional release order), grant a prisoner conditional release if satisfied—

(a) the prisoner’s release does not pose an unacceptable risk to the community; and

(b) the prisoner has been of good conduct and industry.

(2) The conditional release order may contain the conditions the chief executive considers reasonably necessary for any of the following—

(a) to help the prisoner reintegrate into the community;

(b) to secure the prisoner’s good conduct;

(3) The chief executive must give a copy of the order to the prisoner on or before the day on which the prisoner is released. 99 Risk to community In deciding whether the prisoner’s release poses an unacceptable risk to the community, the matters the chief executive may consider include the following—

(a) the possibility of the prisoner committing a further offence;

(b) the risk of physical or psychological harm to a member of the community and the degree of risk;

(d) whether the circumstances of the offence or offences for which the prisoner was convicted were exceptional when compared with the majority of offences of that kind committed;

(e) whether there are any other circumstances that may increase the risk to the community when compared with the risk posed by an offender committing offences of that kind;

(f) any relevant remarks made by the sentencing court;

(g) any relevant medical or psychological report relating to the prisoner;

(h) any relevant behavioural report relating to the prisoner.

100 Good conduct and industry (1) In deciding whether the prisoner has been of good conduct and industry, the chief executive must consider the following—

(a) whether the prisoner has complied with all requirements to which the prisoner was subject;

(b) whether the prisoner has undergone separate confinement for a major breach of discipline;

(c) whether the prisoner has participated in programs recommended by the chief executive to the best of the prisoner’s ability.

(2) Subsection (1) does not limit the matters the chief executive may consider in deciding whether the prisoner has been of good conduct and industry. 101 Refusing conditional release (1) If the chief executive is considering refusing to make a conditional release order, the chief executive must give the prisoner a notice—

(a) stating the chief executive is considering refusing to make the order; and

(b) outlining the reason for the proposed refusal; and

(c) inviting the prisoner to show cause, by written submissions given to the chief executive within 21 days after the notice is given, why the order should be granted.

(2) The chief executive must consider all written submissions made within the 21 days and inform the prisoner, by written notice, whether the conditional release order is granted or refused. Subdivision 3 Amending, suspending or cancelling order 102 Definition for sdiv 3 In this subdivision— suspend means suspend for a fixed or indeterminate period. 103 Amendment, suspension or cancellation The chief executive may, by written order, amend, suspend or cancel a conditional release order if the chief executive reasonably believes the prisoner subject to the order has—

(a) failed to comply with the order; or

(b) been charged with committing an offence.

104 Warrant for prisoner’s arrest (1) If the chief executive suspends or cancels the conditional release order, the chief executive may issue a warrant for the prisoner’s arrest. (2) The warrant may be directed to all police officers. Note— See also the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 798. (3) When arrested, the prisoner must be taken to a corrective services facility—

(a) if the order was suspended for a period—to be kept there for the suspension period; or

(b) if the order was cancelled—to serve the unexpired portion of the prisoner’s period of imprisonment.

s 104 amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) 105 Information notice and changing chief executive’s decision (1) The chief executive must give the prisoner an information notice on the prisoner’s return to prison. (2) The information notice must invite the prisoner to show cause, by written submission given to the chief executive within 21 days after the day the notice is given, why the chief executive should change the chief executive’s decision to suspend or cancel the conditional release order. (3) The chief executive must consider all written submissions given to the chief executive by the prisoner within the 21 days mentioned in the information notice. (4) The chief executive must inform the prisoner, by written notice, whether the chief executive has changed the decision, and if so, how. (5) If the chief executive changes the decision, the changed decision has effect. 106 Automatic cancellation (1) This section applies if the prisoner is convicted, during the period of the conditional release order or after its expiry, of an offence—

(a) committed during the period of the order; and

(b) for which the prisoner is sentenced to a term of imprisonment that is not wholly suspended.

(2) The conditional release order is taken to have been automatically cancelled when the prisoner committed the offence. (3) The time for which the prisoner was released under the conditional release order before the prisoner committed the offence counts as time served under the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. Subdivision 4 Expiry of order 107 Expiry A prisoner is taken to have served the prisoner’s period of imprisonment if the prisoner’s conditional release order expires without being cancelled under section 103 or 106. Division 11 Discharge or release 108 Discharge or release (1) On a prisoner’s release day, the prisoner must be discharged or released at the time decided by the chief executive. (2) Subsection (3) applies if the prisoner’s release day would, apart from that subsection, be—

(a) a Saturday or Sunday; or

(b) a public holiday throughout Queensland; or

(3) The prisoner must be discharged or released on the last day before the release day that is not a day mentioned in subsection (2) (a), (b) or (c). (4) The chief executive may give a prisoner the help the chief executive reasonably considers appropriate when the prisoner is discharged or released. Example— help with bus or train fares (5) In this section— release day means the day on which a prisoner is to be—

(a) released on conditional release; or

(b) released on parole; or

109 Effect of remission on discharge day for cumulative sentence (1) This section applies if a prisoner is serving a term of imprisonment (the second term) cumulatively with another term of imprisonment (the first term). (2) For working out the prisoner’s discharge day, the second term starts at the end of the first term, taking into account any remission granted under any of the repealed Acts in relation to the first term, including a remission granted after the commencement of this section. Note— For a remission granted after the commencement, see sections 401 and 402. 110 Discharge within 7 days before discharge day (1) This section applies to a person—

(a) who is—

(i) a prisoner; or

(ii) a person who has been sentenced to a term of imprisonment and is in the commissioner’s custody; and

(b) who has served at least half of the person’s period of imprisonment.

(2) The chief executive may order that the person be discharged within 7 days immediately before the person’s discharge day. Example— The person’s discharge day falls on a Friday but transport to the person’s community is only available on a Wednesday. The person may be discharged on the Wednesday before the discharge day. 111 Remaining in corrective services facility after discharge day (1) A prisoner may apply in writing to the chief executive for permission to remain in a corrective services facility after the prisoner’s discharge day. (2) The chief executive may grant or refuse to grant the permission. (3) If the chief executive grants the permission, the prisoner—

(a) is taken to have completed the prisoner’s period of imprisonment on the prisoner’s discharge day; and

(b) must be discharged within 4 days after the discharge day.

(4) While a person who was a prisoner remains in a corrective services facility after the person’s discharge day, a corrective services officer may give the person a direction the officer reasonably considers necessary for the security or good order of the facility or a person’s safety. (5) The person must comply with the direction, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units. (6) If the person fails to comply with the direction—

(a) the corrective services officer may direct the person to leave the corrective services facility; and

(b) if the person fails to leave the facility—a corrective services officer may, as directed by the chief executive and using reasonably necessary force, remove the person from the facility.

(7) Subsection (6) applies whether or not the person is charged with an offence against subsection (5). Division 12 Arrest of prisoners 112 Arresting prisoner unlawfully at large (1) If a prisoner is unlawfully at large, a corrective services officer may—

(a) arrest the prisoner without warrant; or

(b) apply in writing to an authorised person for the issue of a warrant for the prisoner’s arrest.

Note— See also the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 366. (2) The authorised person may issue the warrant only if satisfied the prisoner is unlawfully at large. (3) The warrant may be directed to all corrective services officers and may be executed by any of them. (4) The period during which a prisoner is unlawfully at large does not count as part of the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. (5) In this section— authorised person means—

(a) if a prisoner is unlawfully at large after a parole order has been suspended or cancelled—a parole board; or

(b) in any case—the chief executive or a magistrate.

unlawfully at large, for a prisoner, includes—

(a) when the prisoner has been mistakenly discharged before the prisoner’s discharge day; and

(b) when the prisoner has escaped from lawful custody.

s 112 amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) Chapter 3 Breaches of discipline and offences Part 1 Breaches of discipline by prisoners 113 Breaches of discipline generally (1) A regulation may prescribe an act or omission to be a breach of discipline by a prisoner. (2) A corrective services officer need not start proceedings against a prisoner for a breach of discipline if the officer considers the proceedings should not be started having regard to—

(a) the trivial nature of the breach; or

(b) the circumstances surrounding the commission of the breach; or

(3) A corrective services officer must not start proceedings against a prisoner for a breach of discipline if the prisoner’s act or omission was referred to the commissioner under section 114 (2) (b), unless the commissioner has advised the chief executive that the matter is not to be prosecuted as an offence. (4) If a corrective services officer decides to start proceedings against a prisoner for a breach of discipline, the officer must decide, having regard to the matters mentioned in subsection (2), whether the prisoner should be proceeded against for a major breach of discipline or a minor breach of discipline. (5) However, if a prisoner’s act or omission was referred to the commissioner under section 114 (2) (b) and is not to be prosecuted as an offence, a corrective services officer may only decide whether the prisoner should be proceeded against for a major breach of discipline. 114 Breach of discipline constituting an offence (1) If a corrective services officer observes, or obtains knowledge of, a prisoner’s act or omission that could be dealt with either as an offence or as a breach of discipline, the officer must immediately inform the chief executive of the act or omission. (2) The chief executive must—

(a) within 24 hours after receiving the information, tell the prisoner that the matter is to be referred to the commissioner; and

(b) within 48 hours after telling the prisoner under paragraph (a), refer the matter to the commissioner.

115 Prisoner not to be punished twice for same act or omission (1) A prisoner must not be punished for an act or omission as a breach of discipline if the prisoner has been convicted or acquitted of an offence for the same act or omission. (2) A prisoner must not be charged with an offence because of an act or omission if the prisoner has been punished for the act or omission as a breach of discipline. 116 Considering whether breach of discipline committed (1) If a corrective services officer starts proceedings against a prisoner for a breach of discipline, a deciding officer must conduct a hearing to decide whether the breach was committed. (2) The time within which the decision must be made is—

(a) if the matter was referred to the commissioner and the commissioner advised the chief executive that the matter is not to be prosecuted as an offence—as soon as practicable, but within 14 days, after the chief executive receives the advice; or

(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply—

(i) for a minor breach of discipline—within 24 hours after the alleged time the alleged breach happened; or

(ii) for a major breach of discipline—as soon as practicable, but within 14 days, after the deciding officer becomes aware of the alleged breach.

(3) The deciding officer must—

(a) tell the prisoner of any evidence supporting the allegation of the breach of discipline; and

(b) give the prisoner a reasonable opportunity to make submissions in the prisoner’s defence, including, for example, by attending the hearing and—

(i) questioning any witness called by the chief executive; and

(ii) calling a person within the corrective services facility to give evidence in the prisoner’s defence, unless the deciding officer considers the evidence may be given in writing or in another form; and

(4) The deciding officer may question the prisoner and anyone else who may be able to provide relevant information. (5) Neither the corrective services officer who alleges the breach nor the prisoner are allowed any legal or other representation before the deciding officer. (6) However, the prisoner may be helped by someone from the corrective services facility if the prisoner is disadvantaged by language barriers or impaired mental capacity. (7) The deciding officer is not bound by the rules of evidence but may, subject to a regulation, inform himself or herself about the matter in the way the deciding officer thinks appropriate. 117 Further provisions about considering major breach of discipline (1) The consideration of a major breach of discipline must be videotaped. (2) After considering a major breach of discipline and deciding it is appropriate in the circumstances, the deciding officer may—

(a) declare the breach to be a minor breach of discipline; and

(b) continue the proceedings against the prisoner for the minor breach of discipline.

118 Consequences of breach of discipline (1) This section applies if a deciding officer—

(a) is satisfied, on the balance of probabilities, that a prisoner has committed a minor breach of discipline; or

(b) is satisfied, beyond reasonable doubt, that a prisoner has committed a major breach of discipline.

(2) The deciding officer may—

(a) reprimand the prisoner without further punishment; or

(b) order that privileges the prisoner may have otherwise received be forfeited—

(i) for a minor breach of discipline—in the 24 hours starting when the prisoner is advised of the decision; or

(ii) for a major breach of discipline—in the 7 days starting when the prisoner is advised of the decision; or

(3) However, separate confinement may be ordered for a minor breach of discipline only if the prisoner has habitually committed minor breaches of discipline and, on the occasion of the breach immediately preceding the alleged current breach, was warned that the next breach could result in the prisoner being separately confined. (4) Immediately after making the decision, the deciding officer must tell the prisoner—

(a) the decision; and

(b) that the prisoner may have the decision reviewed; and

(5) If the prisoner wants to have the decision reviewed, the prisoner must tell the deciding officer immediately after being told the decision. (6) If the prisoner tells the deciding officer that the prisoner wants to have the decision reviewed, the deciding officer’s decision is stayed until the review is finished. 119 Review of decision (1) A review of a decision that a prisoner has committed a breach of discipline must be conducted by a corrective services officer (the reviewing officer) who holds a more senior office than the deciding officer. (2) The review must be—

(a) by way of rehearing, unaffected by the decision, on the material before the deciding officer and any further evidence allowed by the reviewing officer; and

(b) carried out as soon as practicable after the prisoner tells the deciding officer that the prisoner wants the decision reviewed.

(3) The prisoner may be present at the review hearing and make submissions in the prisoner’s defence or in mitigation of punishment. (4) Neither the deciding officer nor the prisoner are allowed any legal or other representation at the review hearing. (5) However, the prisoner may be helped by someone from the corrective services facility if the prisoner is disadvantaged by language barriers or impaired mental capacity. (6) For a major breach of discipline, the review hearing must be videotaped. (7) The reviewing officer may—

(a) confirm the decision; or

(b) vary the decision; or

(d) for a major breach of discipline—

(i) declare the breach to be a minor breach of discipline; and

(ii) set the decision aside and substitute another decision.

(8) Immediately after making the review decision, the reviewing officer must tell the prisoner of the decision. (9) The review decision is not subject to appeal or further review under this Act. 120 Disciplinary breach register The chief executive must keep a register for each corrective services facility containing details of the following about prisoners at the facility—

(a) each decision to deal with a prisoner for a breach of discipline;

(b) each decision that a prisoner has committed a breach of discipline, including whether the prisoner was warned that the next breach could result in the prisoner being separately confined;

121 Separate confinement (1) An order for a prisoner to undergo separate confinement must—

(a) state the period of separate confinement; and

(b) take any special needs of the prisoner into account; and

(2) The period of separate confinement stated in the order must not be more than 7 days. (3) A doctor or nurse must examine the prisoner for any health concerns as soon as practicable after—

(a) the order takes effect; and

(b) the order ceases to have effect.

s 121 amd 2016 No. 42 s 9 Part 2 Offences by prisoners 122 Unlawful assembly, riot and mutiny (1) A prisoner must not take part in an unlawful assembly. Maximum penalty—3 years imprisonment. (2) A prisoner must not take part in a riot or mutiny. Maximum penalty—

(a) if, during the riot or mutiny, the prisoner wilfully and unlawfully damages or destroys, or attempts to damage or destroy, property that is part of a corrective services facility and the security of the facility is endangered by the act—life imprisonment; or

(b) if, during the riot or mutiny, the prisoner demands something be done or not be done with threats of injury or detriment to any person or property—14 years imprisonment; or

(c) if, during the riot or mutiny, the prisoner escapes or attempts to escape from lawful custody, or helps another prisoner to escape or attempt to escape from lawful custody—14 years imprisonment; or

(d) if, during the riot or mutiny, the prisoner wilfully and unlawfully damages or destroys, or attempts to damage or destroy, any property—10 years imprisonment; or

(e) otherwise—6 years imprisonment.

(3) An offence against this section is a crime. (4) In this section— mutiny means 3 or more prisoners collectively challenging authority under this Act, with intent to subvert the authority, if the security of the corrective services facility is endangered. prisoner means a prisoner in a corrective services facility. riot means an unlawful assembly that has begun to act in so tumultuous a way as to disturb the peace. unlawful assembly means 3 or more prisoners—

(a) assembled with intent to carry out a common purpose and there are reasonable grounds to believe the prisoners will—

(i) tumultuously disturb the peace; or

(ii) provoke other prisoners to tumultuously disturb the peace; or

(b) who, having assembled with intent to carry out a common purpose, whether or not the assembly was lawful, conduct themselves in a way that there are reasonable grounds to believe the prisoners will—

(i) tumultuously disturb the peace; or

(ii) provoke other prisoners to tumultuously disturb the peace.

123 Dealing with prohibited thing (1) A regulation may prescribe a thing to be a prohibited thing. (2) A prisoner in a corrective services facility must not deal, or attempt to deal, with—

(a) a prohibited thing; or

(b) something intended to be used by a prisoner to make a prohibited thing.

Maximum penalty—2 years imprisonment. (3) However, subsection (2) does not apply to—

(a) making or attempting to make a thing if the prisoner has the chief executive’s written approval to make it; or

(b) possession of a thing if the prisoner has the chief executive’s written approval to possess it.

(4) The finding of a prohibited thing in a prisoner’s room that is not shared with another prisoner, or on the person of a prisoner, in a corrective services facility is evidence the thing was in the prisoner’s possession when it was found. (5) In this section— deal with, a thing, means make, possess, conceal or knowingly consume the thing. 124 Other offences A prisoner must not—

(a) prepare to escape from lawful custody; or Note— See the Criminal Code, section 142 for the offence of escaping from lawful custody.

(b) assault or obstruct a staff member who is performing a function or exercising a power under this Act or is in a corrective services facility; or

(d) organise, attempt to organise or take part in any opposition to authority under this Act, whether inside or outside a corrective services facility; or

(e) threaten to do grievous bodily harm to someone else; or

(f) unlawfully kill or injure, or attempt to unlawfully kill or injure, a corrective services dog; or

(g) obstruct a corrective services dog working under the control of a corrective services officer who is performing duties under this Act; or

(h) assume another identity, or disguise himself or herself, in order to commit an offence against this Act; or

(i) wilfully and unlawfully destroy, damage, remove or otherwise interfere with any part of a corrective services facility or any property in the facility; or

(j) without lawful authority, abstract or remove information from, copy or destroy information in, or make a false entry in, a record kept under this Act; or

(k) without reasonable excuse, be unlawfully at large.

Maximum penalty—2 years imprisonment. Part 3 General offences 125 Definition for pt 3 In this part— person does not include a prisoner, other than a prisoner who is released on parole or a supervised dangerous prisoner (sexual offender). 126 Helping prisoner at large (1) A person must not aid someone that the person knows, or ought reasonably know, is a prisoner who is unlawfully at large. Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (2) In this section— aid includes abet, employ, harbour and maintain. 127 Obstructing staff member or proper officer of a court (1) A person must not obstruct a staff member who is performing a function or exercising a power under this Act, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units or 1 year’s imprisonment. (2) A person must not obstruct the proper officer of a court who is performing a function or exercising a power under this Act, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units or 1 year’s imprisonment. (3) A person who obstructs a corrective services dog under the control of a corrective services officer who is performing duties under this Act is taken to obstruct a corrective services officer. (4) In this section— obstruct includes hinder, resist and attempt to obstruct. 128 Taking prohibited thing into corrective services facility or giving prohibited thing to prisoner (1) A person must not—

(a) take, or attempt to take, a prohibited thing into a corrective services facility; or

(b) cause, or attempt to cause, a prohibited thing to be taken into a corrective services facility; or

(c) give, or attempt to give, a prohibited thing to a prisoner in a corrective services facility or to a prisoner of a court; or

(d) cause, or attempt to cause, a prohibited thing to be given to a prisoner in a corrective services facility or to a prisoner of a court.

Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (2) A person does not commit an offence against subsection (1) if, for the relevant act carried out or attempted, the person has the approval of—

(a) if the act relates to a corrective services facility or a prisoner—the chief executive; or

(b) if the act relates to a prisoner of a court—the proper officer of the court.

(3) In this section— give includes send. prohibited thing includes something that the person intends the prisoner or prisoner of a court to use to make a prohibited thing. 129 Removing things from corrective services facility (1) A person must not, without the chief executive’s approval—

(a) remove, or attempt to remove, anything from a corrective services facility; or

(b) cause, or attempt to cause, anything to be removed from a corrective services facility; or

Maximum penalty—40 penalty units. (2) Subsection (1) (c) does not apply to a corrective services officer acting in the course of the officer’s duties as a corrective services officer. 130 Unlawful entry A person must not—

(a) enter, or attempt to enter, a corrective services facility without the chief executive’s approval; or

(b) assume a false identity for the purpose of entering a corrective services facility.

Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. 131 Killing or injuring corrective services dog (1) A person must not, without the chief executive’s approval—

(a) kill or injure a corrective services dog; or

(b) attempt to kill or injure a corrective services dog.

Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (2) If a person is convicted of killing or injuring a corrective services dog, the court may, in addition to a penalty imposed under subsection (1), order the person to pay to the chief executive the reasonable costs of the chief executive for—

(a) veterinary treatment and care of the dog; or

(b) retraining the dog; or

132 Interviewing and photographing prisoner etc. (1) A person must not—

(a) interview a prisoner, or obtain a written or recorded statement from a prisoner, whether the prisoner is inside or outside a corrective services facility; or Note— Prisoner, as defined in schedule 4, includes a prisoner released on parole.

(b) photograph or attempt to photograph—

(i) a prisoner inside a corrective services facility; or

(ii) a part of a corrective services facility.

Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (2) A person does not commit an offence against subsection (1) if the person is—

(a) for subsection (1) (a) or (b) (i)—the prisoner’s lawyer; or

(b) an employee of a law enforcement agency; or

(d) a person who has the chief executive’s written approval to carry out the activity mentioned in the subsection.

(3) In this section— photograph includes record or create a visual image other than by photography. 133 Interfering with records (1) A person must not, without the chief executive’s approval—

(a) take, or attempt to take, information from a record kept under this Act; or

(b) destroy, or attempt to destroy, information in a record kept under this Act.

Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (2) A person must not make, or attempt to make, a false entry in a record kept under this Act. Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. 134 False or misleading information (1) A person must not give information to an official, including in a document, that the person knows is false or misleading in a material particular. Maximum penalty—

(a) if the person is a prisoner—2 years imprisonment; or

(b) otherwise—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person giving a document, if the person when giving the document—

(a) informs the official, to the best of the person’s ability, how it is false or misleading; and

(b) if the person has, or can reasonably obtain, the correct information—gives the correct information.

(3) It is enough for a complaint against a person for an offence against subsection (1) to state that the information was, without specifying which, false or misleading. (4) In this section— official means any of the following when performing a function or exercising a power under this Act—

(a) the chief executive;

(b) a staff member;

(d) a parole board;

(e) an inspector;

(f) an official visitor.

135 Person near prisoner (1) This section applies if an official with control of a prisoner reasonably believes a person near the prisoner is acting in a way that poses a risk to—

(a) the security of the prisoner; or

(b) the security or good order of the place in which the prisoner is detained.

(2) The official may require the person to leave the vicinity of the prisoner or place of detention. (3) When making the requirement, the official must warn the person that—

(a) it is an offence for the person not to comply with the requirement, unless the person has a reasonable excuse; and

(b) the official may take the action mentioned in subsection (5).

(4) The person must comply with the requirement, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units or 1 year’s imprisonment. (5) If the person fails to comply with the requirement, the official, using reasonably necessary force, may—

(a) remove the person from the vicinity of the prisoner or place of detention; or

(b) if the official is not a police officer, detain the person until the person can be handed over to a police officer.

(6) However, the person must not be detained under subsection (5) (b) for longer than 4 hours. (7) In this section— official means a corrective services officer, police officer or proper officer of a court. prisoner includes a prisoner of a court. 136 Temporary detention for security offence (1) This section applies if a corrective services officer—

(a) finds a person committing a security offence; or

(b) finds a person in circumstances that lead, or has information that leads, the officer to reasonably suspect the person has just committed a security offence.

(2) The corrective services officer may, using reasonably necessary force—

(a) conduct a general search or scanning search of the person; and

(b) search anything in the person’s possession, including a motor vehicle.

(3) The corrective services officer may, using reasonably necessary force, detain the person until the person can be handed over to a police officer. (4) However, the person must not be detained under subsection (3) for longer than 4 hours. (5) In this section— security offence means an offence against this part, or another offence, that poses a risk to—

(a) the security or good order of a corrective services facility; or

(b) the security of a prisoner or a prisoner of a court.

137 Power to require name and address (1) This section applies if a corrective services officer—

(a) finds a person committing an offence against this Act; or

(b) finds a person in circumstances that lead, or has information that leads, the officer to reasonably suspect the person has just committed an offence against this Act.

(2) The corrective services officer may require the person to state the person’s name and address. (3) When making the requirement, the corrective services officer must warn the person it is an offence for the person not to state the person’s name or address, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. (4) The corrective services officer may require the person to give evidence of the correctness of the stated name or address if the officer reasonably suspects the stated name or address is false. (5) The person must comply with a requirement under subsection (2) or (4), unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units or 6 months imprisonment. (6) A person does not commit an offence against subsection (5) if—

(a) the person was required to state the person’s name and address by a corrective services officer; and

(b) the person is not proved to have committed the offence.

Part 4 Seizing property 138 Seizing property (1) A corrective services officer may seize—

(a) anything found in a corrective services facility, whether or not in a person’s possession, that the officer reasonably considers poses, or is likely to pose, a risk to—

(i) the security or good order of the facility; or

(ii) the safety of persons in the facility; or

(b) a prohibited thing found in a corrective services facility, other than on or in the possession of a prisoner who has the chief executive’s written approval to possess the thing; or

(c) a prohibited thing found on or in the possession of a prisoner who does not have the chief executive’s written approval to possess the thing.

(2) A corrective services officer must not seize a document to which legal professional privilege attaches. 139 Receipt for seized property (1) After a thing is seized from a person under section 46, 47, 48 or 138, a corrective services officer must give the person a receipt for the thing. (2) The receipt must—

(a) generally describe the thing seized; and

(b) include any other information required under a regulation.

(3) This section does not apply to a thing if it would be impracticable or unreasonable to expect the corrective services officer to account for the thing given its condition, nature and value. 140 Forfeiting seized thing (1) A thing seized under section 46, 47, 48 or 138 is forfeited to the State if the chief executive decides to forfeit the thing because the chief executive—

(a) can not find its owner after making reasonable inquiries, given the thing’s apparent value; or

(b) is unable, after making reasonable efforts, to return it to its owner; or

(i) possession of the thing by a prisoner is an offence or a breach of discipline; or

(ii) it is necessary to keep the thing to stop it being used to commit an offence; or

(iii) the thing is inherently unsafe.

(2) If the chief executive decides to forfeit a thing because of subsection (1) (c), the chief executive must, by written notice, tell the owner of the thing of the decision and reasons for the decision. (3) Subsection (2) does not apply if the chief executive can not find the owner of the thing after making reasonable inquiries, given the thing’s apparent value. (4) For this section, regard must be had to the thing’s condition, nature and value in deciding—

(a) whether it is reasonable to make efforts or inquiries; and

(b) if efforts or inquiries are made—what efforts or inquiries, including the period over which they are made, are reasonable.

(5) A thing forfeited under this section—

(a) becomes the State’s property; and

(b) may be dealt with by the chief executive as the chief executive considers appropriate, including, for example, by—

(i) keeping the thing and applying it for the benefit of prisoners generally; or

(ii) donating the thing to a registered charity; or

(iii) if the thing is inherently unsafe—destroying it.

(6) However, the chief executive must not deal with the thing, unless it is perishable, before the later of the following happens—

(a) 28 days elapses after the notice required under subsection (2) was given;

(b) if, within the 28 days mentioned in paragraph (a), an application is made under the Justices Act 1886 , section 39 in relation to the property—the application, and any appeal against the application, is decided. Note— The Justices Act 1886 , section 39 deals with the power of a Magistrates Court to order delivery of certain property.

141 Returning seized thing (1) If a thing seized under section 46, 47, 48 or 138 is not forfeited under section 140, the chief executive must return it to its owner at the end of—

(a) 6 months after it is seized; or

(b) if a proceeding for an offence involving it is started within the 6 months—the proceeding and any appeal from the proceeding.

(2) However, if the thing was being retained as evidence of an offence and the chief executive becomes satisfied its retention as evidence is no longer necessary, the chief executive must return it immediately. (3) Despite subsection (1), the chief executive may retain a seized thing if the chief executive reasonably considers its return is inappropriate. Example— a letter written by the prisoner to a victim of the prisoner 142 Power of court in relation to seized thing (1) To remove any doubt, it is declared that the Justices Act 1886 , section 39 applies, in addition to this part, to a seized thing. (2) When applying the Justices Act 1886 , section 39, the thing is taken not to have become the property of the State. Part 5 Use of force Division 1 Use of reasonable force 143 Authority to use reasonable force (1) A corrective services officer may use force, other than lethal force, that is reasonably necessary to—

(a) compel compliance with an order given or applying to a prisoner; or Example— A corrective services officer may use force that is reasonably necessary to compel a prisoner to submit to a search ordered by the chief executive under section 36 that applies to the prisoner.

(b) restrain a prisoner who is attempting or preparing to commit an offence against an Act or a breach of discipline; or

(d) compel any person who has been lawfully ordered to leave a corrective services facility, and who refuses to do so, to leave the facility; or

(e) restrain a prisoner who is—

(i) attempting or preparing to harm himself or herself; or

(ii) harming himself or herself.

(2) The corrective services officer may use the force only if the officer—

(a) reasonably believes the act or omission permitting the use of force can not be stopped in another way; and

(b) gives a clear warning of the intention to use force if the act or omission does not stop; and

(d) attempts to use the force in a way that is unlikely to cause death or grievous bodily harm.

(3) However, the corrective services officer need not comply with subsection (2) (b) or (c) if doing so would create a risk of injury to—

(a) the officer; or

(b) someone other than the person who is committing the act or omission; or

(i) attempting or preparing to harm himself or herself; or

(ii) harming himself or herself.

(4) The use of force may involve the use of only the following—

(a) a gas gun;

(b) a chemical agent;

(d) a restraining device;

(e) a corrective services dog under the control of a corrective services officer.

Division 2 Use of lethal force 144 Training for use of lethal force The chief executive must ensure that a corrective services officer authorised to use lethal force has been trained to use lethal force and other forms of force in a way that causes the least possible risk of injury to anyone other than the person against whom lethal force is directed. 145 Issue, handling and storage of weapons (1) The chief executive may authorise an appropriately trained corrective services officer to be issued with, carry, use and store weapons if it is reasonably necessary for the officer to carry, use and store the weapons to perform functions or exercise powers under this Act. (2) The authority may be issued subject to conditions. 146 Use of lethal force (1) A corrective services officer may use the lethal force that is reasonably necessary—

(a) to stop a prisoner from escaping or attempting to escape from secure custody, if the officer reasonably believes the prisoner is likely to cause grievous bodily harm to, or the death of, someone other than the prisoner in the escape or attempted escape; or

(b) to stop a person from helping, or attempting to help, a prisoner to escape from secure custody, if the officer reasonably believes the person is likely to cause grievous bodily harm to, or the death of, someone other than the person or prisoner while helping or attempting to help the prisoner escape; or

(c) to stop a prisoner from assaulting or attempting to assault another person, if the officer reasonably believes the prisoner is likely to cause grievous bodily harm to, or the death of, the other person; or

(d) in an immediate response to a prisoner who has escaped from secure custody, if the officer reasonably believes the prisoner is likely to cause grievous bodily harm to, or the death of, someone other than the prisoner in the course of the immediate response.

(2) However, lethal force must not be used if there is a foreseeable risk that the use of lethal force will cause grievous bodily harm to, or the death of, someone other than the person against whom the lethal force may otherwise be directed. (3) The use of lethal force may involve, but is not limited to, the use of—

(a) weapons, including firearms; or

(b) a corrective services dog under the control of a corrective services officer.

147 Requirements for use of lethal force (1) A corrective services officer may use lethal force only if the officer—

(a) reasonably believes the act or omission permitting the use of lethal force can not be stopped in another way; and

(b) gives a clear warning of the intention to use lethal force if the act or omission does not stop; and

(d) attempts to use the force in a way that causes the least injury to anyone.

(2) However, the corrective services officer need not comply with subsection (1) (b), (c) or (d) if doing so would create a risk of injury to—

(a) the officer; or

(b) someone other than the person against whom the lethal force is directed.

148 Reporting use of lethal force (1) The chief executive must keep a record detailing any incident in which—

(a) lethal force is used; or

(b) anyone discharges a firearm, other than for training.

(2) The chief executive must immediately advise the Minister of an incident mentioned in subsection (1). Chapter 4 Corrective services facilities Part 1 Establishing corrective services facilities 149 Prisons (1) A regulation may—

(a) declare a place to be a prison; and

(b) assign a name to a prison.

(2) In this section— place includes premises and part of premises. 150 Prison amenities When establishing a new prison, the chief executive must ensure appropriate provision is made in the prison for each of the following—

(a) a meeting place for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander prisoners that—

(i) promotes communication; and

(ii) endorses the prisoners’ indigenous cultural heritage;

(b) for a prison accommodating female prisoners—accommodation units that allow the prisoners to care for young children;

(d) facilities for prisoners who are experiencing psychological crises;

(e) the accommodation and access requirements of older prisoners and prisoners with disabilities;

(f) videoconferencing technology—

(i) to help prisoners maintain relationships with family members who would otherwise be required to travel long distances to the prison; and

(ii) for the appearance of prisoners before courts, tribunals or parole boards.

151 Other corrective services facilities (1) The Minister may, by gazette notice—

(a) declare a place to be—

(i) a community corrections centre; or

(ii) a work camp; and

(b) assign a name to—

(i) a community corrections centre; or

(ii) a work camp.

(2) In this section— place includes the following—

(a) premises;

(b) part of premises;

Part 2 Visiting corrective services facilities Division 1 General 152 Warnings to visitors (1) The chief executive must ensure a sign is prominently displayed at the entrance to a secure facility warning visitors that lethal force may be used against a visitor if the visitor helps, or attempts to help, a prisoner to escape. (2) The chief executive may erect a sign at the entrance to each corrective services facility warning visitors—

(a) of the things that are prohibited things under this Act; and

(b) the consequences for a visitor if the visitor brings, or attempts to bring, a prohibited thing into the facility.

153 Prisoner’s entitlement to visits (1) A prisoner is only entitled to receive a visit from—

(a) a personal visitor once a week; and

(b) a legal visitor.

(2) The chief executive may allow the prisoner to receive extra visits, including, for example—

(a) for a prisoner who was the primary care giver of a child—a visit from the child to maintain the relationship with the child; or

(b) a visit from a relevant elder or respected person to ensure appropriate levels of cultural interaction and support.

(3) The chief executive may allow a prisoner to visit another prisoner in another corrective services facility, subject to any conditions the chief executive reasonably considers appropriate. (4) The chief executive may allow more than 1 personal visitor to visit a prisoner at the same time, if it is within the operational limits of the corrective services facility. 154 Contact during personal visit (1) A personal visit must be a non-contact visit, unless the chief executive approves that the visit be a contact visit. (2) In deciding whether to give the approval, the chief executive must consider the following—

(a) the requirements of any court order relating to the prisoner;

(b) whether the prisoner has previously escaped or attempted to escape from custody;

(d) information about the prisoner or visitor that indicates a risk to the security or good order of the corrective services facility.

(3) During a contact visit, a personal visitor must not—

(a) engage in sexual activity with a prisoner; or

(b) behave in a disorderly, indecent, offensive, riotous or violent manner.

(4) If a personal visitor fails to comply with subsection (3), the personal visitor may be directed to leave the corrective services facility. Division 2 Procedure for visits ch 4 pt 2 div 2 sdiv 1 hdg om 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch ch 4 pt 2 div 2 sdiv 2 hdg om 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch 155 Access approval required for particular visitors (1) Before visiting a corrective services facility for the first time, a visitor, other than a prescribed person, must apply for approval to access the facility (access approval). (2) The application must be made in the approved form to the chief executive. (3) In this section— prescribed person means—

(a) an accredited visitor; or

(b) a casual site visitor as defined under section 165; or

(d) an employee of the department in which the Child Protection Act 1999 is administered; or

(e) an officer or employee of a law enforcement agency; or

(f) a staff member.

s 155 amd 2009 No. 30 s 15 156 Deciding application for access approval (1) The chief executive may grant an access approval if satisfied the visitor seeking the approval does not pose a risk to the security or good order of the corrective services facility. Note— See section 334 for provisions about obtaining a relevant person’s criminal history. (2) In deciding whether a visitor poses a risk to the security or good order of a corrective services facility, the chief executive must consider each of the following—

(a) whether the visitor has, as an adult, been convicted of escaping, or attempting to escape, from lawful custody in Queensland or elsewhere;

(b) whether the visitor has been convicted of helping, or attempting to help, a prisoner to escape from lawful custody in Queensland or elsewhere;

(c) whether the visitor has been convicted of committing, or attempting to commit, an offence while visiting a prisoner in lawful custody in Queensland or elsewhere;

(d) whether the visitor has been refused access to, or been suspended from entering, a corrective services facility.

(3) Subsection (2) does not apply to an Australian legal practitioner as defined under the Legal Profession Act 2007 , section 6. (4) Subsection (2) does not limit the matters the chief executive may consider in deciding whether a visitor poses a risk to the security or good order of a corrective services facility. (5) The chief executive may—

(a) impose conditions on an access approval; and

(b) for a legal visitor or religious visitor—grant the visitor an access approval for all corrective services facilities.

(6) If the chief executive refuses to grant an access approval for a visitor, the chief executive may order that the visitor is also refused access to—

(a) another corrective services facility in stated circumstances; or Example— A person may be refused access to any corrective services facility in which a former accomplice of the person is being detained.

(b) all corrective services facilities.

(7) Also, if the chief executive refuses to grant an access approval for a visitor, the chief executive may order that the visitor can not make a further application for an access approval until the end of a stated period, of not more than 1 year, after the refusal. (8) In deciding whether to make an order under subsection (7), the chief executive must consider—

(a) the effect of the proposed order on a child for whom approval has been given to accompany the visitor to visit the prisoner; and

(b) whether the child may, unaccompanied by an adult, visit the prisoner.

(9) A visitor who is refused an access approval may, in writing, ask the chief executive to reconsider the decision. (10) The chief executive must reconsider the decision and may confirm, amend or cancel the decision. (11) The chief executive must advise the visitor of the reconsidered decision. s 156 amd 2009 No. 30 s 16 156A Interim access approval for personal visitor (1) This section applies if—

(a) a personal visitor of a prisoner applies for an access approval for a corrective services facility under section 155; and

(b) the chief executive has not decided the application under section 156.

(2) The chief executive may grant the personal visitor approval to access the corrective services facility on an interim basis (interim access approval) until the chief executive has decided the application under section 156, if the chief executive is satisfied it is appropriate in the circumstances. (3) A personal visit under the interim access approval must be a non-contact visit, unless it is impracticable having regard to the facilities at the corrective services facility. (4) The chief executive may impose conditions on the interim access approval. (5) The interim access approval has effect until the chief executive decides the application under section 156. (6) While the interim access approval has effect, it is taken to be an access approval. s 156A ins 2009 No. 30 s 17 156B Urgent access approval for commercial visitor (1) This section applies if—

(a) work by a tradesperson or technician (a relevant commercial visitor) is required to be carried out urgently at a corrective services facility; and

(b) a relevant commercial visitor who has been granted an access approval for the corrective services facility is not available to carry out the work; and

(c) a relevant commercial visitor applies for an access approval for the corrective services facility under section 155 for the purpose of carrying out the work.

(2) If the chief executive is satisfied the relevant commercial visitor mentioned in subsection (1) (c) does not pose an immediate risk to the security or good order of the corrective services facility, the chief executive may grant the relevant commercial visitor approval to access the facility for carrying out the work (urgent access approval). (3) In deciding whether the relevant commercial visitor poses an immediate risk to the security or good order of the corrective services facility, the chief executive need not consider the matters mentioned in section 156 (2). (4) The chief executive may impose conditions on the urgent access approval. (5) The urgent access approval has effect for only a single visit to the corrective services facility. (6) While the urgent access approval has effect, it is taken to be an access approval. s 156B ins 2009 No. 30 s 17 157 Suspending access approval (1) The chief executive may suspend a visitor’s access approval for a corrective services facility if the visitor—

(a) fails to comply with a lawful and reasonable direction of the chief executive or a corrective services officer; or

(b) fails to comply with a condition of the approval; or

(d) engages in threatening behaviour towards a prisoner or another visitor at the facility.

(1A) Also, the chief executive may suspend a visitor’s access approval for a corrective services facility if the chief executive reasonably believes the suspension is necessary to preserve the security or good order of the corrective services facility. (2) The suspension may be—

(a) if paragraph (b) does not apply—for a period of up to 1 year; or

(b) if the visitor is charged with an offence allegedly committed in a corrective services facility—until the end of the proceedings for the offence.

(3) In deciding whether to suspend the access approval, the chief executive must consider—

(a) the effect of the proposed suspension on a child for whom approval has been given to accompany the visitor to visit the prisoner; and

(b) whether the child may, unaccompanied by an adult, visit the prisoner.

(4) If the chief executive suspends the access approval for 1 year under subsection (2) (a), the chief executive must ensure a written record is made stating the reasons for the decision. (5) If the chief executive suspends the access approval, the chief executive may order that, during the suspension period, the visitor is refused access to—

(a) another corrective services facility in stated circumstances; or Example— Because of disorderly behaviour, the wife of a prisoner is suspended from visiting the corrective services facility where her husband is, and any corrective services facility to which he is transferred, during the period of the suspension.

(b) all corrective services facilities.

(6) If the chief executive suspends the access approval, the visitor may, in writing, ask the chief executive to reconsider the decision. (7) The chief executive must reconsider the decision and may confirm, amend or cancel the decision. (8) The chief executive must advise the visitor of the reconsidered decision. s 157 amd 2009 No. 30 s 18 157A Amending or revoking access approval (1) The chief executive may amend or revoke a visitor’s access approval for a corrective services facility if the chief executive is satisfied that, because of a change in the visitor’s circumstances, the visitor poses a risk to the security or good order of the corrective services facility. (2) In deciding whether to amend or revoke the access approval, the chief executive must consider—

(a) the effect of the proposed amendment or revocation on a child for whom approval has been given to accompany the visitor to visit the prisoner; and

(b) whether the child may, unaccompanied by an adult, visit the prisoner.

(3) If the chief executive revokes the access approval, the chief executive must ensure a written record is made stating the reasons for the decision. (4) If the chief executive amends or revokes the access approval, the visitor may, in writing, ask the chief executive to reconsider the decision. (5) The chief executive must reconsider the decision and may confirm or cancel the decision. (6) The chief executive must advise the visitor of the reconsidered decision. (7) In this section— amend, a visitor’s access approval, means amend a condition of the access approval or impose a condition on it. s 157A ins 2009 No. 30 s 19 158 Monitoring personal visit The chief executive may—

(a) make and keep an audiovisual or visual recording of a personal visit; and

(b) monitor a personal visit.

159 Search of visitor (1) The chief executive may require an accredited visitor to submit to a scanning search before entering a corrective services facility. (2) The chief executive may require any other visitor to submit to a general search or scanning search before entering a corrective services facility. (3) If a visitor mentioned in subsection (2) does not submit to a general search when required to do so, the chief executive may revoke—

(a) for a personal visitor—

(i) the visitor’s access approval; or

(ii) the visitor’s approval for the visit to be a contact visit; or

(b) for another visitor—the visitor’s access approval.

(4) In this section— visitor does not include a staff member. Note— See section 173 for searching a staff member. 160 Identification of visitor (1) The chief executive must require each visitor to a corrective services facility to prove the visitor’s identity in the way prescribed under a regulation when entering the corrective services facility. (2) Without limiting subsection (1), if the visitor is an adult and the corrective services facility has a biometric identification system installed, the visitor must submit to the biometric identification system procedures for the facility. (3) The visitor must display the visitor’s pass given to the visitor while in the corrective services facility. (4) The visitor must sign the visitors book, unless the visitor is a staff member who works at the corrective services facility. (5) If the visitor is a child, it is sufficient for subsection (4) if an adult accompanying the child signs the visitors book for the child. s 160 amd 2009 No. 30 s 20; 2016 No. 42 s 10 161 Visitor may be directed to leave corrective services facility (1) This section applies if a visitor fails to comply with—

(a) a requirement given under section 159 (1) or (2) or 160 (1); or

(b) section 160 (2), (3) or (4), or 163(2).

(2) The visitor may be directed to leave the corrective services facility. (3) If the visitor fails to leave the corrective services facility, a corrective services officer may, using reasonably necessary force, remove the visitor from the facility. (4) Subsection (3) applies whether or not the visitor is charged with an offence against section 163 (2). s 161 amd 2009 No. 30 s 21 162 Proof of identity (1) The chief executive may keep a visitor’s biometric information given to a corrective services facility as proof of the visitor’s identity, and any data about the visitor’s biometric information stored in a biometric identification system. (2) The chief executive must destroy the visitor’s biometric information, and any data about the biometric information stored in a biometric identification system, if the chief executive is satisfied it is no longer required. s 162 amd 2009 No. 30 s 22; 2016 No. 42 s 11 163 Direction to visitor (1) A corrective services officer may give a visitor a direction the officer reasonably considers necessary for the security or good order of the corrective services facility or a person’s safety. (2) The visitor must comply with the direction, unless the visitor has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty for subsection (2)—40 penalty units. Division 3 Further provisions about particular visitors 164 Accredited or government visitor (1) An accredited visitor or government visitor may visit a prisoner, or access any part of a corrective services facility, for performing the functions or exercising the powers of the visitor’s office or position. (2) In this section— government visitor means a person, other than a staff member, who is an employee of a department. 165 Casual site visitor (1) A casual site visitor may only access the following external areas of a corrective services facility—

(a) visitors’ carparks;

(b) roadways;

(2) In this section— casual site visitor includes the following—

(a) a bus or taxi driver;

(b) a person transporting a visitor or staff member to or from a corrective services facility;

(c) a person collecting a discharged or released prisoner, or a prisoner’s property, from a corrective services facility.

166 Children (1) A child, whether accompanied or unaccompanied by an adult, may visit a prisoner if the chief executive considers it is in the child’s best interests, even if the child was the complainant in the offence leading to the prisoner’s imprisonment. (2) The child need not be related to the prisoner but must be a personal visitor of the prisoner. (3) In deciding whether it is in the best interests of a child in care to visit a prisoner, the chief executive must consult with the child protection chief executive. 167 Law enforcement visitor (1) This section applies if an employee or officer of a law enforcement agency (the law enforcement visitor) wants to visit a prisoner. (2) The prisoner may—

(a) refuse to see the law enforcement visitor; or

(b) agree to see the law enforcement visitor, but refuse to answer any of the law enforcement visitor’s questions.

(3) The law enforcement visitor must be allowed to interview the prisoner out of the hearing, but not out of the sight, of a corrective services officer. 168 Personal visitor A personal visitor must arrange the time and length of the visit with the chief executive. 169 Professional visitor (1) A professional visitor may only—

(a) visit the prisoner the subject of the professional visitor’s access approval; or

(b) access the part of the corrective services facility allowed under the professional visitor’s access approval.

(2) The visit or access must be carried out during the time approved by the chief executive. (3) A prisoner’s legal visitor must be allowed to interview the prisoner out of the hearing, but not out of the sight, of a corrective services officer. (4) In this section— professional visitor means a person who provides a professional service to a prisoner. Examples—

• a legal visitor

• a doctor, psychologist or other health practitioner

• a teacher or tutor

• a program facilitator

• a religious visitor

170 Commercial visitor (1) A commercial visitor to a corrective services facility may only access the part of the facility allowed under the commercial visitor’s access approval. (2) The access must be carried out on the day and during the time approved by the chief executive. (3) In this section— commercial visitor means a person who visits a corrective services facility for the purpose of engaging in trade or commerce. Examples—

• a sales representative

• a tradesperson

171 Other visitors (1) A visitor to a corrective services facility who is not mentioned in sections 164 to 170 may only—

(a) visit the prisoner the subject of the visitor’s access approval; or

(b) access the part of the facility allowed under the visitor’s access approval.

Examples of a visitor not mentioned in sections 164 to 170—

• a volunteer

• a research student

• a representative of a corrective services agency of another jurisdiction

(2) The visit or access must be carried out on the day and during the time approved by the chief executive. Part 3 Staff members 172 Staff member interacting with prisoner, etc. A staff member at a corrective services facility may, to the extent necessary for carrying out the staff member’s duties—

(a) interact with any prisoner at the facility; and

(b) access any part of the facility.

173 Search of staff member (1) The chief executive may require a staff member at a corrective services facility to submit to a general search or scanning search before entering the facility. (2) If the staff member does not submit to a general search when required to do so, the chief executive may direct the person to leave the corrective services facility. Part 4 Searching corrective services facilities and vehicles 174 Power to search corrective services facility (1) The chief executive may conduct a search of a corrective services facility other than prisoner facilities. Note— See section 33 for power to search a prisoner’s room. (2) The chief executive may direct a corrective services officer to be present during the search. 175 Power to search vehicle The chief executive may conduct a search of a vehicle, including, for example, a delivery vehicle, before it enters or leaves a corrective services facility. Chapter 5 Parole Part 1 Parole orders Division 1 Application for parole order Subdivision 1 Exceptional circumstances parole order 176 Applying for an exceptional circumstances parole order (1) A prisoner may apply for an exceptional circumstances parole order at any time. (2) The application must be made—

(a) in the approved form; and

(b) to the parole board that may, under section 187, hear and decide the application.

177 When exceptional circumstances parole order may start An exceptional circumstances parole order may start at any time. Subdivision 2 Other parole order 178 Definition for sdiv 2 In this subdivision— parole order means a parole order other than—

(a) an exceptional circumstances parole order; and

(b) a court ordered parole order.

179 Application of sdiv 2 (1) This subdivision applies to the following prisoners—

(a) a prisoner who has been sentenced before the commencement of this section (the commencement)—

(i) for an offence committed before 1 July 2001—to a period of imprisonment of any length; or

(ii) for an offence committed on or after 1 July 2001—to a period of imprisonment of more than 2 years;

(b) a prisoner who has been sentenced after the commencement for an offence, whenever committed—

(i) to a period of imprisonment of more than 3 years; or

(ii) to a period of imprisonment of not more than 3 years, if the period includes a term of imprisonment for a serious violent offence or a sexual offence;

(2) This subdivision does not apply to—

(a) a prisoner—

(i) being detained on remand for an offence; or

(ii) imprisoned for an indefinite period for contempt; or

(iii) subject to an indefinite sentence under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 10; or

(b) a prisoner who has not reached the prisoner’s parole eligibility date; or

180 Applying for parole order etc. (1) A prisoner may apply for a parole order if the prisoner has reached the prisoner’s parole eligibility date in relation to the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. (2) However, a prisoner can not apply for a parole order—

(a) if a previous application for a parole order made in relation to the period of imprisonment was refused—

(i) until the end of the period decided by the parole board that refused the previous application; or

(ii) unless a parole board consents; or

(b) if an appeal has been made to a court against the conviction or sentence to which the period of imprisonment relates—until the appeal is decided; or

(3) The application must be made—

(a) in the approved form; and

(b) to the parole board that may, under section 187, hear and decide the application.

(4) A parole order for a prisoner may start on or after the prisoner’s parole eligibility date. s 180 amd 2009 No. 30 s 23 181 Parole eligibility date for prisoner serving term of imprisonment for life (1) This section applies to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for life. (2) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served the following period of time—

(a) if the Criminal Code, section 305 (2) applied on sentence—30 years or the longer time ordered under that section;

(b) if the Criminal Code, section 305 (4) applied on sentence—25 years or the longer time ordered under that section;

(c) if the prisoner is serving a term of imprisonment for life for an offence of murder and paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply—20 years;

(d) otherwise—15 years.

(3) Despite subsection (2), if a later parole eligibility date is fixed for the period of imprisonment under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 9, division 3, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the later date fixed under that division. s 181 amd 2012 No. 19 s 7 181A Parole eligibility date for prisoner serving term of imprisonment for life for a repeat serious child sex offence (1) This section applies to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for life under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 161E for a repeat serious child sex offence. (2) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served 20 years and not 15 years as prescribed under section 181. s 181A ins 2012 No. 14 s 3 182 Parole eligibility date for serious violent offender (1) This section applies to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for a serious violent offence. (2) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served the lesser of—

(a) 80% of the prisoner’s term of imprisonment for the serious violent offence; or

(b) 15 years.

(3) However, if a later parole eligibility date is fixed for the period of imprisonment under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 9, division 3, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the later date fixed under that division. (4) This section is subject to section 185. 182A Parole eligibility date for prisoner serving term of imprisonment for other particular serious offences (1) This section applies to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for a drug trafficking offence. (2) Also, this section applies to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment, other than a term of imprisonment for life, for an offence against the Criminal Code, section 314A. (3) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served—

(a) if the prisoner is serving a term of imprisonment for a drug trafficking offence—80% of the term; or

(b) if the prisoner is serving a term of imprisonment for an offence against section 314A—the lesser of the following—

(i) 80% of the term;

(ii) 15 years.

(4) However, if a later parole eligibility date is fixed for the period of imprisonment under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 9, division 3, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the later date fixed under that division. (5) This section is subject to section 185. s 182A ins 2013 No. 31 s 7 sub 2014 No. 42 s 9 183 Parole eligibility date for prisoner detained for a period directed by a judge under Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945, pt 3 (1) This section applies to a prisoner who is being detained, for an offence, in an institution for a period as directed by a judge under the Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , part 3. (2) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has been detained for half the fixed period. (3) However, if a later parole eligibility date is fixed for the prisoner under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 9, division 3, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the later date fixed under that division. (4) This section is subject to section 185. 184 Parole eligibility date for other prisoners (1) This section applies to a prisoner who—

(a) has been sentenced for an offence—

(i) before the commencement—to a period of imprisonment of more than 2 years or, if the offence was committed before 1 July 2001, to a period of imprisonment of any length; or

(ii) after the commencement—to a period of imprisonment of more than 3 years; or

(b) is serving a period of imprisonment of not more than 3 years for an offence, if the period includes a term of imprisonment for a sexual offence; or

(c) is serving a period of imprisonment ordered to be served under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 147 (1) (b) or (c); or

(d) was the subject of a court ordered parole order that has been cancelled under this Act.

(2) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served half the period of imprisonment to which the prisoner has been sentenced, despite any grant of remission. (3) However—

(a) if an earlier or later parole eligibility date is fixed for the prisoner under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 9, division 3, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the date fixed under that division; or

(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply and the prisoner is a prisoner mentioned in subsection (1) (d), the prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the date that was fixed for the prisoner’s release under that parole order.

(4) This section is subject to section 185. (5) In this section— commencement means the commencement of this section. offence, in relation to a prisoner, does not include the following offences—

(a) an offence for which the prisoner has been sentenced to life imprisonment;

(b) a serious violent offence;

(c) an offence for which the prisoner is being detained in an institution for a period fixed by a judge under the Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , part 3;

(d) an offence to which section 182A applies.

s 184 amd 2013 No. 35 s 42B; 2014 No. 42 s 10 185 Parole eligibility date for prisoner serving terms of imprisonment in particular circumstances (1) This section applies if, apart from this section, more than 1 of sections 182, 182A, 183 and 184 would apply to a prisoner. (2) If the imprisonment mentioned in the sections is to be served concurrently, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date for the prisoner’s period of imprisonment is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served the longer of the periods calculated under the sections. Example— A prisoner is serving a term of 8 years imprisonment for a serious violent offence concurrently with a term of 5 years imprisonment for an offence that is not a serious violent offence. The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served the period of 6.4 years (being the period that is 80% of 8 years, and being longer than the period that is one-half of 5 years). (3) If any of the imprisonment mentioned in the sections is to be served cumulatively with imprisonment mentioned in another of the sections, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date for the prisoner’s period of imprisonment is the date mentioned in subsection (4) calculated after applying the following rules— Rule 1— Consider first each term of imprisonment (concurrent term) that is not cumulative on another term of imprisonment and calculate the period the prisoner must serve for the concurrent term by applying whichever of sections 182, 182A, 183 or 184 apply. For these rules, the prisoner’s notional parole date is the day the period, or the longest of the periods, so calculated ends. Rule 2— Next, consider each term of imprisonment (cumulative term) that is cumulative on another term of imprisonment and calculate the period the prisoner must serve for each cumulative term by applying whichever of sections 182, 182A, 183 or 184 apply. Rule 3— Next, add the period the prisoner must serve for a cumulative term to the period the prisoner must serve for the term of imprisonment the cumulative term is cumulative on (the additional eligibility period). (4) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date for the prisoner’s period of imprisonment is the day after the later of the following dates—

• the notional parole date

• the latest date the additional eligibility periods end.

Example— A prisoner is serving a period of 13 years imprisonment, comprising a term of 8 years imprisonment for a serious violent offence and a term of 5 years imprisonment for an offence that is not a serious violent offence which was ordered to be served cumulatively with the term of imprisonment for the serious violent offence. Applying rule 1, the prisoner’s notional parole date is the day after the period of 6.4 years the prisoner must serve before reaching the prisoner’s parole eligibility date for the serious violent offence under section 182. Rule 2 is then applied. The period the prisoner must serve before reaching the prisoner’s parole eligibility date for the second offence is 2.5 years under section 184. Rule 3 requires the periods of 6.4 years and 2.5 years to be added together. In this example, the prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served the period of 8.9 years. (5) In this section— period of imprisonment, a prisoner must serve, means a period of imprisonment the prisoner must serve before reaching the prisoner’s parole eligibility date for the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. s 185 amd 2013 No. 31 s 8 185A Parole eligibility date for particular prisoners granted exceptional circumstances parole (1) This section applies to a prisoner if—

(a) whether before or after the commencement of this section (the commencement), a date for the prisoner’s release on parole in relation to the prisoner’s period of imprisonment (the parole release date) was or is fixed under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 160B (3); and

(b) on or after the commencement but before the parole release date, the prisoner is granted exceptional circumstances parole in relation to the same period of imprisonment.

(2) For this Act, the prisoner’s parole release date becomes the prisoner’s parole eligibility date in relation to the same period of imprisonment. (3) Any entitlement or expectation the prisoner had to be released on parole on the parole release date under a court ordered parole order is extinguished. (4) This section does not affect the fact that a parole release date was fixed for the prisoner’s period of imprisonment for the purposes of the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . s 185A ins 2009 No. 30 s 24 185B Parole eligibility date for prisoner serving term of imprisonment for an offence against Weapons Act 1990 , section 50, 50B or 65 (1) This section applies if—

(a) a prisoner is serving a term of imprisonment for an offence against the Weapons Act 1990 , section 50, 50B or 65; and

(b) a minimum penalty applies to the offence under the following provisions of that Act—

(i) section 50 (1), penalty, paragraph (d) or (e);

(ii) section 50B (1), penalty, paragraph (d) or (e);

(iii) section 65 (1), penalty, paragraph (c) or (d); and

(c) apart from this section, the prisoner would be eligible for parole under this subdivision before the prisoner has served a term of imprisonment that is the minimum penalty for the offence.

(2) The prisoner’s parole eligibility date is the day after the day on which the prisoner has served a term of imprisonment that is the minimum penalty for the offence. s 185B ins 2012 No. 40 s 4 Division 2 Hearing and deciding application for parole order Subdivision 1 Preliminary 186 Definition for div 2 In this division— parole order does not include a court ordered parole order. Subdivision 2 Procedure 187 Which parole board may hear and decide application (1) The Queensland board may hear and decide an application for a parole order from a prisoner who—

(a) has been sentenced, before or after the commencement of this section, to a period of imprisonment of 8 years or more; or

(b) immediately before 1 January 2005, was subject to a reporting order made under the Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , section 19; or Note— The Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , section 19 (repealed by Act No. 52 of 2004) dealt with the reporting of names and addresses of sexual offenders.

(c) is accommodated at, or lawfully outside, a corrective services facility in an area of the State for which a regional board is not established.

(2) A regional board may hear and decide an application for a parole order from a prisoner not mentioned in subsection (1) who is accommodated at, or lawfully outside, a corrective services facility in the area of the State for which the regional board is established. (3) A default period of imprisonment for the nonpayment of a fine or restitution, that is ordered to be served cumulatively with another period of imprisonment, is not to be taken into account for subsection (1) (a). 188 Submission from eligible person (1) After receiving a prisoner’s application for a parole order (other than an exceptional circumstances parole order) under section 180, a parole board must give the chief executive written notice of the application. (2) Within 7 days after receiving the notice, the chief executive must give each eligible person in relation to the prisoner written notice of the application. (3) The notice given to the eligible person must be dated and advise the person that—

(a) the prisoner has applied for a parole order; and

(b) the stated parole board is about to consider whether the parole order should be made; and

(c) the person may, within 21 days after the date of the notice, make written submissions to the parole board about anything that—

(i) is relevant to the decision about making the parole order; and

(ii) was not before the court at the time of sentencing.

(4) The parole board may have regard to any submissions made to the board under subsection (3) (c). 189 Appearing before parole board (1) Unless the Queensland board makes a requirement under subsection (2), a prisoner’s agent may, with the Queensland board’s leave, appear before the Queensland board to make representations in support of the prisoner’s application for a parole order that may be heard and decided by the Queensland board. (2) The Queensland board may require a regional board—

(a) to hear a prisoner’s, or prisoner’s agent’s, representations in support of the prisoner’s application for a parole order that may be heard and decided by the Queensland board; and

(b) to make a recommendation to the Queensland board on the prisoner’s suitability for parole.

(3) A prisoner or the prisoner’s agent may, with a regional board’s leave, appear before the regional board to make representations in support of the prisoner’s application for a parole order that may be heard and decided by the regional board. (4) The chairperson of a regional board may require a corrective services officer present at a board meeting to leave and remain out of the hearing of the meeting for the time the chairperson directs. (5) If a prisoner appearing before a regional board insults a member of the board or disrupts the board’s proceedings, the prisoner’s leave to appear before the board may be cancelled. (6) This section does not stop a parole board deciding an application for a parole order if the prisoner or the prisoner’s agent fails to appear before the board. (7) In this section— appear, before a parole board, means—

(a) appear by using a contemporaneous communication link between the board and the prisoner or the prisoner’s agent; or

(b) if the person appearing is a prisoner with a special need—appear personally.

190 Applying for leave to appear before parole board (1) An application for leave to appear before a parole board must be made in the approved form to the board. (2) The secretary of the board must tell the prisoner of—

(a) the board’s decision on the application; and

(b) if the board grants the leave—the time and place at which the prisoner or the prisoner’s agent may appear before the board.

191 When application for parole order lapses A prisoner’s application for a parole order lapses if, before the application is decided, the prisoner is sentenced to another term of imprisonment. 192 Parole board not bound by sentencing court’s recommendation or parole eligibility date When deciding whether to grant a parole order, a parole board is not bound by the recommendation of the sentencing court or the parole eligibility date fixed by the court under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 9, division 3 if the board—

(a) receives information about the prisoner that was not before the court at the time of sentencing; and Example— a psychologist’s report obtained during the prisoner’s period of imprisonment

(b) after considering the information, considers that the prisoner is not suitable for parole at the time recommended or fixed by the court.

193 Decision of parole board (1) A parole board required to consider a prisoner’s application for a parole order must decide—

(a) to grant the application; or

(b) to refuse to grant the application.

(2) However, subject to subsection (3), the parole board may defer making a decision until it obtains any additional information it considers necessary to make the decision. (3) The parole board must decide the application within the following period after receiving the application—

(a) for a decision deferred under subsection (2)—210 days;

(b) otherwise—180 days.

(4) The parole board may grant the application even though a parole order for the same period of imprisonment was previously cancelled. (5) If the parole board refuses to grant the application, the board must—

(a) give the prisoner written reasons for the refusal; and

(b) if the application is for a parole order other than an exceptional circumstances parole order—decide a period of time, of not more than 6 months after the refusal, within which a further application for a parole order (other than an exceptional circumstances parole order) by the prisoner must not be made without the board’s consent.

s 193 amd 2009 No. 30 s 25 194 Types of parole orders granted by parole board (1) A parole board may, by a parole order—

(a) release any prisoner on parole, if the board is satisfied that exceptional circumstances exist in relation to the prisoner; or

(b) release an eligible prisoner on parole.

(2) If the prisoner is to be released on parole as mentioned in subsection (1) (a), the board must note on the order that it is an exceptional circumstances parole order. (3) The board must give a copy of the parole order to the prisoner. (4) The prisoner must—

(a) keep the copy of the parole order in the prisoner’s possession while released on parole; and

(b) if asked by a police officer or corrective services officer, produce the copy for the officer’s inspection.

(5) In this section— eligible prisoner means a prisoner, who—

(a) may apply for the parole order under section 180 (1); and

(b) is eligible for the parole order under section 181, 181A, 182, 182A, 183, 184, 185 or 185B.

s 194 amd 2012 No. 40 s 5; 2013 No. 31 s 9 Subdivision 3 Review of regional board’s refusal 195 Application of sdiv 3 (1) This subdivision applies if—

(a) a prisoner has applied to a regional board 3 or more times for a parole order in relation to the same period of imprisonment; and

(b) the regional board has refused each application.

(2) An application made before the commencement of this section for a post-prison community based release order under the Corrective Services Act 2000 is to be counted for subsection (1) (a). 196 Prisoner may apply for review (1) The prisoner may apply, in the approved form, to have the Queensland board review the regional board’s refusal of the prisoner’s most recent application for a parole order (the most recent parole application). (2) The application for the review must be received by the secretary of the Queensland board within 7 days after the applicant receives the regional board’s written notice of the refusal. 197 Material to be given to Queensland board When asked by the Queensland board, the secretary of the regional board must give the following to the secretary of the Queensland board—

(a) the most recent parole application;

(b) notes of any representations made to the regional board by or for the applicant in relation to the most recent parole application;

(d) any other material the Queensland board considers relevant.

198 Queensland board’s powers (1) After considering the material given to the Queensland board under section 197, the Queensland board may—

(a) confirm the decision of the regional board to refuse the most recent parole application; or

(b) set aside the decision and make any decision the regional board could have made.

(2) If the president of the Queensland board took part in the regional board meeting at which the most recent parole application was refused, the president must not take part in the review. Division 3 Court ordered parole order 199 Court ordered parole order (1) The chief executive must issue a court ordered parole order for a prisoner in accordance with the date fixed for the prisoner’s release on parole under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 9, division 3. (2) However, if the prisoner is being detained on remand for an offence, the chief executive can not issue the court ordered parole order unless—

(a) the prisoner is granted bail in relation to the offence under the Bail Act 1980 ; or

(b) the charge for the offence is withdrawn.

(3) The chief executive must give a copy of the court ordered parole order to the prisoner. (4) The prisoner must—

(a) keep the copy of the court ordered parole order in the prisoner’s possession while released on parole; and

(b) if asked by a police officer or corrective services officer, produce the copy for the officer’s inspection.

(5) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a prisoner to whom section 185A applies. s 199 amd 2009 No. 30 s 26 Division 4 Conditions of parole 200 Conditions of parole (1) A parole order must include conditions requiring the prisoner the subject of the order—

(a) to be under the chief executive’s supervision—

(i) until the end of the prisoner’s period of imprisonment; or

(ii) if the prisoner is being detained in an institution for a period fixed by a judge under the Criminal Law Amendment Act 1945 , part 3—for the period the prisoner was directed to be detained; and

(b) to carry out the chief executive’s lawful instructions; and

(d) to report, and receive visits, as directed by the chief executive; and

(e) to notify the chief executive within 48 hours of any change in the prisoner’s address or employment during the parole period; and

(f) not to commit an offence.

(2) A parole order granted by a parole board may also contain conditions the board reasonably considers necessary—

(a) to ensure the prisoner’s good conduct; or

(b) to stop the prisoner committing an offence.

Examples—

• a condition about the prisoner’s place of residence, employment or participation in a particular program

• a condition imposing a curfew for the prisoner

• a condition requiring the prisoner to give a test sample

(3) The prisoner must comply with the conditions included in the parole order. Division 5 Amending, suspending or cancelling parole order Subdivision 1 Chief executive powers 201 Amendment or suspension (1) The chief executive may, by written order, amend a parole order if the chief executive reasonably believes the prisoner—

(a) has failed to comply with the parole order; or

(b) poses a serious and immediate risk of harm to himself or herself.

Example of an amendment— the addition of a condition imposing a curfew for the prisoner (2) The chief executive may, by written order, suspend a parole order if the chief executive reasonably believes the prisoner—

(a) has failed to comply with the parole order; or

(b) poses a serious and immediate risk of harm to someone else; or

(d) is preparing to leave Queensland, other than under a written order granting the prisoner leave to travel interstate or overseas.

(3) A written order amending a parole order has effect for the period of not more than 28 days, stated in the written order, starting on the day the written order is given to the prisoner. (4) A written order suspending a parole order has effect for the period of not more than 28 days, stated in the written order, starting on the day the order is made. 202 Warrant for prisoner’s arrest (1) If the chief executive makes a written order under section 201 (2) suspending a prisoner’s parole order, the chief executive may issue a warrant for the prisoner’s arrest. (2) The warrant may be directed to all police officers. Note— See also the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 798. (3) When arrested, the prisoner must be taken to a prison to be kept there for the suspension period. s 202 amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) 203 Cancelling amendment or suspension order and withdrawing warrant (1) Immediately on making a written order amending or suspending a parole order, the chief executive must give written notice of the grounds of the making of the written order to the secretary of—

(a) the parole board that made the parole order; or

(b) for a court ordered parole order—a regional parole board.

(2) The chief executive must give the parole board any further information about the amendment or suspension it requires. (3) Unless the amendment or suspension has been cancelled by the chief executive, the parole board may at any time—

(a) cancel the chief executive’s order for the amendment or suspension; and

(b) if a warrant has been issued but not executed—require the chief executive to immediately withdraw the warrant.

Subdivision 2 Parole board powers 204 Definitions for sdiv 2 In this subdivision— parole board means—

(a) for a parole order made by the Queensland board—the Queensland board; or

(b) for a parole order made by a regional board or a court ordered parole order—any regional board.

suspend means suspend for a fixed or indeterminate period. 205 Amendment, suspension or cancellation (1) A parole board may, by written order, amend a parole order—

(a) by amending or removing a condition imposed under section 200 (2) if the board reasonably believes—

(i) the condition, as amended, is necessary for a purpose mentioned in the subsection; or

(ii) the condition is no longer necessary for a purpose mentioned in the subsection; or

(b) by inserting a condition mentioned in section 200 (2) if the board reasonably believes the condition is necessary for a purpose mentioned in the subsection; or

(2) A parole board may, by written order—

(a) amend, suspend or cancel a parole order if the board reasonably believes the prisoner subject to the parole order—

(i) has failed to comply with the parole order; or

(ii) poses a serious risk of harm to someone else; or

(iii) poses an unacceptable risk of committing an offence; or

(iv) is preparing to leave Queensland, other than under a written order granting the prisoner leave to travel interstate or overseas; or

(b) amend, suspend or cancel a parole order, other than a court ordered parole order, if the board receives information that, had it been received before the parole order was made, would have resulted in the parole board that made the order making a different parole order or not making a parole order; or

(3) If practicable, a parole board must, before amending a prisoner’s parole order, give the prisoner an information notice and a reasonable opportunity to be heard on the proposed amendment. (4) A parole board is not required to give the prisoner an information notice or a reasonable opportunity to be heard if the parole board suspends or cancels the prisoner’s parole order. (5) A written order amending, suspending or cancelling a parole order has effect from when it is made by the parole board. (6) In this section— information notice means a notice—

(a) stating the parole board is proposing to amend the parole order; and

(b) advising the reason for the proposed action; and

(c) inviting the prisoner to show cause, by written submissions given to the board within 21 days after the notice is given, why the board should not take the proposed action.

s 205 amd 2009 No. 30 s 27 206 Warrant for prisoner’s arrest (1) If a parole board suspends or cancels a prisoner’s parole order—

(a) the board may issue a warrant, signed by a member or the secretary of the board, for the prisoner’s arrest; or

(b) a magistrate, on the application of the board or a member of the board, may issue a warrant for the prisoner’s arrest.

(2) The warrant may be directed to all police officers. Note— See also the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 798. (3) When arrested, the prisoner must be taken to a prison—

(a) if the order was suspended—to be kept there for the suspension period; or

(b) if the order was cancelled—to serve the unexpired portion of the prisoner’s period of imprisonment.

s 206 amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) 207 Application for grant of parole after court ordered parole order cancelled If a regional parole board cancels a prisoner’s court ordered parole order, any application for a subsequent grant of parole during the prisoner’s same period of imprisonment must be to a regional parole board. 208 Reconsidering decision to suspend or cancel parole order (1) If a parole board makes a written order suspending or cancelling a prisoner’s parole order, the board must give the prisoner an information notice on the prisoner’s return to prison. (2) The parole board must consider all properly made submissions and inform the prisoner, by written notice, whether the board has changed its decision and, if so, how. (3) If the board changes its decision, the changed decision has effect. (4) In this section— information notice means a notice—

(a) stating the parole board has decided to suspend or cancel the parole order; and

(b) advising the reason for the decision; and

(c) inviting the prisoner to show cause, by written submissions given to the board within 21 days after the notice is given, why the board should change its decision.

properly made submissions means written submissions given by or for the prisoner to the parole board within 21 days after the information notice inviting the prisoner to make the submissions is given. s 208 amd 2009 No. 30 s 28 Subdivision 3 Automatic cancellation 209 Automatic cancellation of order by further imprisonment (1) A prisoner’s parole order is automatically cancelled if the prisoner is sentenced to another period of imprisonment for an offence committed, in Queensland or elsewhere, during the period of the order. (2) Subsection (1) applies even if the period of the parole order has expired. Note— See section 211 for the effect of the cancellation. (3) However, subsection (1) does not apply if—

(a) the prisoner is required to serve the period of imprisonment mentioned in the subsection in default of—

(i) paying a fine or another amount required to be paid under a court order; or

(ii) making restitution required to be made under a court order; or

(b) the period of imprisonment mentioned in the subsection—

(i) is required to be served under an intensive correction order; or

(ii) is wholly suspended under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , part 8; or

(iii) is required to be served until the court rises.

s 209 amd 2007 No. 37 s 41; 2009 No. 30 s 29; 2013 No. 29 s 59F 210 Warrant for prisoner’s arrest (1) If a prisoner’s parole order is automatically cancelled under section 209—

(a) a parole board may issue a warrant, signed by a member or the secretary of the board, for the prisoner’s arrest; or

(b) a magistrate, on the application of a parole board or a member of a parole board, may issue a warrant for the prisoner’s arrest.

(2) The warrant may be directed to all police officers. Note— See also the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 798. (3) When arrested, the prisoner must be taken to a prison to serve the unexpired portion of the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. (4) In this section— parole board means—

(a) if the prisoner was released by the Queensland board—the Queensland board; or

(b) if the prisoner was released by a regional board or under a court ordered parole order—any regional board.

s 210 amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) Subdivision 4 Effect of cancellation 211 Effect of cancellation (1) This section applies if a prisoner’s parole order is cancelled—

(a) under section 205 (2) (a) (i) because the prisoner failed to comply with the parole order; or

(b) under section 205 (2) (a) (ii) because the prisoner posed a serious risk of harm to someone else; or

(d) under section 205 (2) (a) (iv) because the prisoner was preparing to leave Queensland, other than under a written order granting the prisoner leave to travel interstate or overseas; or

(e) under section 205 (2) (b) because the parole board received information that, had it been received before the parole order was made, would have resulted in the parole board that made the parole order making a different parole order or not making the parole order; or

(f) under section 209 because the prisoner was sentenced to another term of imprisonment for an offence committed, in Queensland or elsewhere, during the period of the parole order.

(2) The time for which the prisoner was released on parole before one of the following events happens counts as time served under the prisoner’s period of imprisonment—

(a) the prisoner failed to comply with the parole order as mentioned in subsection (1) (a);

(b) the parole order was cancelled for the reason mentioned in subsection (1) (b), (c), (d) or (e);

(3) Despite section 206 (3) (b), the Queensland board may, by written order, direct that the prisoner serve only part of the unexpired portion of the prisoner’s period of imprisonment. (4) A regional board can not make an order mentioned in subsection (3), even if the regional board released the prisoner. Division 6 Other provisions about parole orders 212 Travelling interstate while released on parole (1) The chief executive may, by written order, grant leave to a prisoner who is released on parole to travel interstate for a period of not more than 7 days. (2) However, if the prisoner is subject to a court ordered parole order, the period of leave may be more than 7 days. (3) The parole board that released a prisoner on parole may, by written order, grant leave to the prisoner to travel interstate for a period of more than 7 days. (4) Leave granted under this section is subject to the conditions the entity granting the leave decides. 213 Travelling overseas while released on parole (1) The Queensland board may, by written order, grant leave to a prisoner who is released on parole to travel overseas for a stated period for compassionate purposes in exceptional circumstances. Note— See also chapter 2, part 2, division 9A. (2) A regional board can not grant leave for a prisoner to travel overseas even if the regional board released the prisoner on parole. (3) Leave granted under this section is subject to the conditions the Queensland board decides. s 213 amd 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch 214 Prisoner released on parole taken to be still serving sentence A prisoner released on parole is taken to be still serving the sentence imposed on the prisoner. 215 Expiry of parole order A prisoner is taken to have served the prisoner’s period of imprisonment if the prisoner’s parole order expires without being cancelled under section 205 or 209. Part 2 Parole boards Division 1 Queensland board 216 Establishment There is to be a Queensland Parole Board. 217 Functions The functions of the Queensland board are—

(a) to decide applications for parole orders, other than court ordered parole orders; and

(b) to perform other functions given to it under an Act.

s 217 amd 2009 No. 30 s 30 218 Membership (1) The Queensland board must consist of the following members—

(a) a president and a deputy president, appointed by the Governor in Council by gazette notice, each of whom is—

(i) a retired judge of a State court, the High Court or a court constituted under a Commonwealth Act; or

(ii) a lawyer who has engaged in legal practice for at least 5 years;

(b) 5 other members, appointed by the Governor in Council by gazette notice, of whom—

(i) at least 1 is an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person; and

(ii) at least 1 is a doctor or psychologist; and

(iii) at least 2 are women;

(2) The Governor in Council may end an appointed member’s appointment at any time. (3) It is unnecessary for any reasons to be given for ending the appointment. 219 Disqualification from membership The following persons are not qualified to be, or to continue as, a member of the Queensland board—

(a) a doctor appointed for a prison;

(b) a volunteer;

(d) a public service officer, other than—

(i) a doctor; or

(ii) the member mentioned in section 218 (1) (c);

(e) a person appointed or employed under—

(i) the Crime and Corruption Act 2001 ; or

(ii) the Director of Public Prosecutions Act 1984 ; or

(iii) the Police Service Administration Act 1990 ;

(f) a person appointed as, or to act as, a Supreme Court judge, District Court judge or magistrate;

(g) an engaged service provider;

(h) an employee of an engaged service provider.

s 219 amd 2009 No. 30 s 31; 2014 No. 21 s 94 (2) sch 2 220 Term of member’s appointment (1) An appointed member of the Queensland board may be appointed for a term of up to 3 years. (2) If a successor has not been appointed by the end of the member’s term, the member continues to hold office until a successor is appointed. (3) An appointed member may be reappointed. 221 Remuneration of members An appointed member of the Queensland board is entitled to be paid the remuneration, fees, allowances and expenses decided by the Governor in Council. 222 Vacation of member’s office The office of an appointed member of the Queensland board becomes vacant if—

(a) the member resigns office by signed notice given to the Minister; or

(b) the member is not qualified to continue as a member; or

223 Secretary The chief executive must appoint a public service officer as secretary of the Queensland board. 224 Meetings (1) The Queensland board must meet as often as is necessary to perform its functions. (2) A meeting may be called by the president or, in the absence of the president, the deputy president. (3) In the absence of the president and deputy president, the secretary may call a meeting to consider whether a parole order should be amended, suspended or cancelled. (4) The board may hold meetings, or allow members to take part in meetings, by using a contemporaneous communication link between the members. (5) A member who takes part in a meeting under subsection (4) is taken to be present at the meeting. (6) The quorum for a meeting is 4 members. (7) The chairperson of a meeting is the president or, in the president’s absence, the deputy president. (8) The chairperson must identify and decide all questions of law that need to be decided at a meeting. (9) All other questions must be decided by a majority of votes of the members present. (10) If there is an equality of votes, the chairperson has a casting vote. (11) A prisoner granted leave to appear before the board under section 190 may appear before a meeting—

(a) by using a contemporaneous communication link between the prisoner and the board; or

(b) if the prisoner has a special need—by attending personally.

(12) The board may otherwise conduct its meetings in the way it considers appropriate. 225 Attendance of staff member at meetings If asked to do so by the secretary, a staff member must—

(a) attend a meeting of the Queensland board, including by using a contemporaneous communication link between the staff member and the board; and

(b) give the information the board asks for to help it decide a matter relating to a parole order.

226 Attendance of board member at regional board meetings (1) A member of the Queensland board nominated by the Queensland board (the nominated member) may attend, and participate in the consideration of any business before, a meeting of a regional board. (2) The president of the Queensland board can not be the nominated member. Note— Under section 232 (1) (a), the president of the Queensland board is the president of the regional board. (3) The nominated member can not vote at the meeting. 227 Guidelines (1) The Minister may make guidelines about the policy to be followed by the Queensland board when performing its functions. (2) The Queensland board may, in consultation with the chief executive, make guidelines about—

(a) the policy to be followed by a regional board when—

(i) performing its functions; or

(ii) conducting its business, including, for example, the procedure at its meetings; and

(b) the matters to be dealt with, and the information to be contained, in an annual report given by a regional board to the Queensland board under section 240.

(3) The guidelines made by the Queensland board must be consistent with the guidelines made by the Minister under subsection (1). 228 Annual report (1) For each financial year, the Queensland board must give the Minister a report about—

(a) the operation of this Act in relation to parole orders, other than court ordered parole orders; and

(b) the activities of the Queensland board and each regional board; and

(2) The report must state the number of persons who, in that year, were—

(a) released on parole, other than under a court ordered parole order; and

(b) returned to prison after their parole order, including a court ordered parole order, was suspended or cancelled.

(3) The report must be given to the Minister on or before the next 30 September after the end of the financial year to which the report relates. 229 Special report If asked by the Minister, the Queensland board must give the Minister a written report about the operation of this Act in relation to—

(a) parole orders; or

(b) the performance of a function by the Queensland board or a regional board.

Division 2 Regional boards 230 Establishment A regulation may—

(a) establish or abolish a regional parole board for an area of the State stated in the regulation; and

(b) assign a name to a regional parole board.

231 Functions The functions of a regional board are—

(a) to decide applications for parole orders, other than court ordered parole orders; and

(b) to perform other functions given to it under an Act.

232 Membership (1) A regional board must consist of the following members—

(a) a president, appointed by the Governor in Council by gazette notice, who is the president of the Queensland board;

(b) a deputy president, appointed by the Governor in Council by gazette notice, who is—

(i) a retired judge of a State court, the High Court or a court constituted under a Commonwealth Act; or

(ii) a lawyer who has engaged in legal practice for at least 5 years;

(c) the required number of other members for the regional board, appointed by the Governor in Council by gazette notice, of whom—

(i) at least 1 is an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person; and

(ii) at least 1 is a doctor or psychologist; and

(iii) at least 2 are women;

(d) a public service officer employed in the department and nominated by the chief executive.

(2) The Governor in Council may end an appointed member’s appointment at any time. (3) It is unnecessary for any reasons to be given for ending the appointment. (4) In this section— required number, of other members for a regional board, means the number of other members decided by the Minister for the regional board. 233 Disqualification from membership The following persons are not qualified to be, or to continue as, a member of a regional board—

(a) a doctor appointed for a prison;

(b) a volunteer;

(d) a public service officer, other than—

(i) a doctor; or

(ii) the member mentioned in section 232 (1) (d);

(e) a person appointed or employed under—

(i) the Crime and Corruption Act 2001 ; or

(ii) the Director of Public Prosecutions Act 1984 ; or

(iii) the Police Service Administration Act 1990 ;

(f) a person appointed as, or to act as, a Supreme Court judge, District Court judge or magistrate;

(g) an engaged service provider;

(h) an employee of an engaged service provider.

s 233 amd 2009 No. 30 s 32; 2014 No. 21 s 94 (2) sch 2 234 Term of member’s appointment (1) An appointed member of a regional board may be appointed for a term of up to 3 years. (2) If a successor has not been appointed by the end of the member’s term, the member continues to hold office until a successor is appointed. (3) An appointed member may be reappointed. 235 Remuneration of members An appointed member of a regional board is entitled to be paid the remuneration, fees, allowances and expenses decided by the Governor in Council. 236 Vacation of member’s office The office of an appointed member of a regional board becomes vacant if—

(a) the member resigns office by signed notice given to the Minister; or

(b) the member is not qualified to continue as a member; or

237 Secretary For each regional board, the chief executive must appoint a public service officer as secretary of the board. 238 Meetings (1) A regional board must meet as often as is necessary to perform its functions. (2) A meeting may be called by the president or, in the absence of the president, the deputy president. (3) In the absence of the president and deputy president, the secretary may call a meeting to consider whether a parole order should be amended, suspended or cancelled. (4) A regional board must meet only in the area of the State for which it is established. (5) However, the board may hold meetings, or allow members to take part in meetings, by using a contemporaneous communication link between the members. (6) A member who takes part in a meeting under subsection (5) is taken to be present at the meeting. (7) The quorum for a meeting is 4 members. (8) The chairperson of a meeting is the president or, in the president’s absence, the deputy president. (9) The chairperson must identify and decide all questions of law that need to be decided at a meeting. (10) All other questions must be decided by a majority of votes of the members present. (11) If there is an equality of votes, the chairperson has a casting vote. (12) A prisoner may appear before a meeting of the board—

(a) by using a contemporaneous communication link between the prisoner and the board; or

(b) if the prisoner has a special need—by attending personally.

(13) The board may otherwise conduct its meetings in the way it considers appropriate. 239 Attendance of staff member at meetings If asked to do so by the secretary, a staff member must—

(a) attend a meeting of a regional board, including by using a contemporaneous communication link between the staff member and the board; and

(b) give the information the board asks for to help it decide a matter relating to a parole order.

240 Annual report (1) For each financial year, a regional board must give the Queensland board a report about the matters required under the guidelines made by the Queensland board as mentioned in section 227. (2) The report must be given to the Queensland board within 14 days after the end of the financial year to which the report relates. (3) A regional board must give the Queensland board the information it asks for to help it prepare a report under section 229. Division 3 Parole board powers 241 General powers A parole board has power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for, or in connection with, the performance of its functions. 242 Power to require attendance (1) A parole board may, by written notice (attendance notice), require a person to attend a meeting of the board at a stated time and place—

(a) to give the board relevant information; or

(b) to produce a stated document containing relevant information.

(2) If a document is produced to the parole board at the meeting, the board may inspect the document or make copies of it. (3) A person given an attendance notice must—

(a) attend as required by the attendance notice, unless the person has a reasonable excuse; and

(b) give the parole board the relevant information that a board member requires the person to give, unless the person has a reasonable excuse; and

(c) produce a document containing relevant information that the person is required to produce by the attendance notice, unless the person has a reasonable excuse.

Maximum penalty—10 penalty units. (4) It is a reasonable excuse for a person to fail to give relevant information or produce a document if giving the information or producing the document might tend to incriminate the person. (5) If a person is required by an attendance notice to attend a parole board meeting, the secretary of the board must pay the person’s reasonable expenses of attending the meeting as certified by the chairperson of the meeting. (6) A person required by an attendance notice to attend a parole board meeting may attend the meeting by using a contemporaneous communication link between the person and the board. (7) In this section— relevant information means information relating to—

(a) a prisoner’s application for a parole order, other than a court ordered parole order; or

(b) a prisoner’s parole order, including a court ordered parole order.

Part 3 General 243 Legal proceedings A legal proceeding based on an act, omission or decision of a parole board may only be started against the members of the board under the name of the board. 244 Corrective services officer subject to direction of parole board For enforcing a parole order, other than a court ordered parole order, a corrective services officer is subject to the directions of the parole board that made the order. 245 Chief executive must prepare and give report to parole board If asked to do so by a parole board, the chief executive must give the board a report on, or information relating to, the following—

(a) a prisoner’s application for a parole order, other than a court ordered parole order, or approval of a resettlement leave program;

(b) a prisoner;

(d) an approved resettlement leave program.

246 Invalidity of parole board’s acts, proceedings or decisions An act, proceeding or decision of a parole board is not invalidated or in any way prejudiced only because of a vacancy in the membership of the board at the time of the act, proceeding or decision. 247 Authentication of document A document made by a parole board for this Act is sufficiently authenticated if it is signed by the president of the board, or by the secretary of the board at the president’s direction. Chapter 6 Administration Part 1 Grant of financial assistance Division 1 Application for grant 248 Application An entity, other than a public sector entity, may apply in writing to the chief executive for a grant of financial assistance to provide a program or service to help prisoners or their families. 249 No entitlement to financial assistance The chief executive is not required to approve a grant of financial assistance for an entity. 250 Approval of grant (1) The chief executive may approve a grant of financial assistance if satisfied the program or service funded by the grant will—

(a) promote prisoner welfare; or

(b) help former prisoners reintegrate into the community after their release from custody.

(2) In deciding whether to approve the grant, the matters the chief executive may consider include the following—

(a) whether the program or service is currently provided for;

(b) whether the entity is receiving financial assistance from another source to provide the program or service, and if so, the extent of the assistance.

251 Who may receive approval for one-off financial assistance The chief executive may approve a grant of one-off financial assistance for an entity. Division 2 Conditions of grant Subdivision 1 Agreement 252 No financial assistance without agreement (1) If the chief executive approves a grant of financial assistance for an entity, the chief executive must enter into a written agreement with the entity (a financial assistance agreement) for giving the financial assistance. (2) The chief executive may give the financial assistance to the entity only if the entity has entered into a financial assistance agreement for the assistance. (3) If the entity is not a body corporate, the member or members of the entity as required by the chief executive, must agree in writing to the conditions on which the grant is made. (4) Despite subsection (2), the chief executive may give financial assistance before a financial assistance agreement is entered into if satisfied—

(a) there is an urgent need for the assistance; and

(b) it is not practicable to enter into a financial assistance agreement before assistance is given.

(5) If subsection (4) applies, the entity must—

(a) before receiving the financial assistance, agree in writing to enter into a financial assistance agreement after receiving the assistance within a stated time decided by the chief executive; and

(b) enter into the financial assistance agreement within that time.

(6) Recurrent financial assistance must stop if the entity has not entered into a financial assistance agreement within the stated time. 253 What financial assistance agreement is to contain (1) A financial assistance agreement must state each of the following the chief executive considers relevant to the financial assistance—

(a) the amount of assistance;

(b) whether the assistance is recurrent or one-off assistance;

(d) the type of program or service to be provided;

(e) the place at which the program or service is to be provided;

(f) the way the entity is to report to the chief executive;

(g) the circumstances in which the entity is in breach of the agreement;

(h) the action that may be taken by the chief executive for a breach of the agreement, including the suspension or stopping of financial assistance.

(2) A financial assistance agreement must also state that it is a condition of the agreement that the grantee give the chief executive written notice within 30 days after becoming aware of any of the following matters, unless the grantee has a reasonable excuse—

(a) the grantee’s address changes;

(b) for a nonprofit corporation—the grantee is under external administration under the Corporations Act or a similar law of a foreign jurisdiction;

(3) The agreement may also include other matters the chief executive considers necessary to give effect to or enforce the agreement. (4) If there is an inconsistency between the agreement and subdivisions 2 to 4, the agreement is ineffective to the extent of the inconsistency. 254 Chief executive’s powers not limited by agreement The chief executive’s powers under this part are not limited by the inclusion of a matter in an agreement under section 253. Subdivision 2 Insurance and prescribed requirements 255 Insurance (1) A grantee must ensure there is in force, for the program or service for which financial assistance is given under this part, adequate insurance cover to manage the risks to the grantee. (2) Without limiting subsection (1), the insurance cover must comply with any requirements under another law or the financial assistance agreement. 256 Prescribed requirements (1) A regulation may prescribe requirements relating to the provision of programs or services by grantees. (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a regulation may prescribe a requirement about—

(a) how a grantee conducts its operations while providing a program or service for which it has received financial assistance under this part, including—

(i) financial management and accountability; and

(ii) corporate governance; or

(b) how a grantee delivers the programs or services, including—

(i) deciding eligibility and priority for programs or services; and

(ii) giving information; and

(iii) resolving disputes.

(3) A requirement may include provision about—

(a) preparing, maintaining, publishing or implementing a policy; or

(b) reporting to the chief executive; or

(c) maintaining any accreditation that is relevant to the delivery of the program or service. Example— accreditation to deliver sexual assault counselling

257 Grantee must comply with prescribed requirements A grantee must not contravene a prescribed requirement relating to the provision of a program or service for which the grantee has been given financial assistance under this part. Notes—

1 Under section 262, a grantee may be given a compliance notice requiring the grantee to remedy a contravention of a prescribed requirement.

2 The extent of a grantee’s compliance with, or contravention of, a prescribed requirement is likely to be a relevant matter for the chief executive to consider when deciding the further assistance, if any, to give to the grantee under this part.

3 A financial assistance agreement may include a provision about the consequences of a contravention of a prescribed requirement.

Subdivision 3 Monitoring compliance with conditions 258 Chief executive’s examination of records (1) The chief executive may ask a grantee to produce to the chief executive records kept in relation to amounts received under the grant. (2) The chief executive may examine and make copies of, or take extracts from, the records relating to the receipt and spending of the amounts. Subdivision 4 Noncompliance with conditions and prescribed requirements 259 Chief executive’s powers if suspicion that condition not complied with The chief executive may exercise 1 or more of the powers under sections 260 and 261 if the chief executive reasonably suspects that a condition of a grant of financial assistance is not being, or has not been, complied with. 260 Chief executive may ask grantee to provide explanation (1) The chief executive may, in writing, ask the grantee to explain to the chief executive why—

(a) further payments under the grant should be made; and

(b) amounts paid under the grant should not be required to be refunded.

(2) The request must allow 21 days after the day of its receipt before the grantee must give the explanation. 261 Chief executive may suspend further payments The chief executive may suspend further payments under the grant if the chief executive makes a request under section 260 and the grantee—

(a) does not give an explanation to the chief executive within 21 days after receiving the request; or

(b) fails to satisfy the chief executive that the conditions of the grant are being, and have been, complied with.

262 Compliance notice (1) This section applies if the chief executive reasonably believes a grantee—

(a) is contravening a prescribed requirement; or

(b) has contravened a prescribed requirement in circumstances that make it likely the contravention will continue or be repeated.

(2) The chief executive may give the grantee a notice (a compliance notice) requiring the grantee to remedy the contravention. (3) The compliance notice must state the following—

(a) that the chief executive reasonably believes the grantee—

(i) is contravening a prescribed requirement; or

(ii) has contravened a prescribed requirement in circumstances that make it likely the contravention will continue or be repeated;

(b) the prescribed requirement the chief executive believes is being, or has been, contravened;

(d) that the grantee must remedy the contravention within a stated reasonable time;

(e) that if the grantee fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply with the compliance notice, the chief executive may, under subsection (5), not give financial assistance to the grantee.

(4) The compliance notice may also state the steps that the chief executive reasonably believes are necessary to remedy the contravention, or avoid further contravention, of the prescribed requirement. (5) If the grantee fails to comply with the compliance notice, the chief executive is not required to give any assistance, or further assistance, to the grantee under a financial assistance agreement in force when the relevant compliance notice was given, despite any provision of the agreement. (6) This section does not limit—

(a) a remedy available to the chief executive under a financial assistance agreement; or

(b) the chief executive’s powers apart from this section.

Part 2 Chief executive 263 Functions and powers (1) Subject to any direction of the Minister, the chief executive is responsible for—

(a) the security and management of all corrective services facilities; and

(b) the safe custody and welfare of all prisoners; and

(2) The chief executive has—

(a) the power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for, or in connection with, the performance of the chief executive’s functions under an Act; and Example— The chief executive may order the inspection of a corrective services facility whether or not an incident has happened at the facility.

(b) the powers of an inspector, including the chief inspector, and a corrective services officer.

(3) To remove any doubt, it is declared that the chief executive may exercise a power mentioned in subsection (2) (b) in a place other than a corrective services facility. Example— The chief executive may order a search of a prisoner who is in a vehicle being used to transport offenders. 264 Administrative directions (1) The chief executive may, in writing, give an administrative direction to facilitate the effective and efficient management of corrective services. Example— a direction to ensure mobile telephones are not brought into a corrective services facility (2) Each person to whom the direction applies must comply with it. 265 Administrative procedures (1) The chief executive must make administrative procedures to facilitate the effective and efficient management of corrective services. Example— a procedure for dealing with applications for early discharge (2) The administrative procedures must take into account the special needs of offenders. (3) The chief executive must publish the administrative procedures on the department’s website on the internet. Note— At the commencement of this section, the department’s website on the internet is <www.dcs.qld.gov.au>. (4) However, the chief executive need not publish an administrative procedure if the publication might pose a risk to the security or good order of a corrective services facility. 266 Programs and services to help offenders (1) The chief executive must establish programs or services—

(a) for the medical or religious welfare of prisoners; and

(b) to help prisoners reintegrate into the community after their release from custody, including by acquiring skills; and

(d) to help rehabilitate offenders.

(2) The programs or services must take into account the special needs of offenders. Example— Whenever possible, female doctors must be appointed to prisons for female prisoners. 267 Monitoring devices If the chief executive considers it reasonably necessary, the chief executive may require an offender to wear a device for monitoring the offender’s location. Example— The chief executive may require an offender who is released on parole to wear a monitoring device. s 267 amd 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch 267A Directions to identified participant in criminal organisation (1) This section applies to an offender who is—

(a) an identified participant in a criminal organisation; and

(b) subject to a parole order or community based order (the relevant order).

(2) The purpose of this section is to enable—

(a) the movements in the community of the offender to be restricted; and

(b) the location of the offender in the community to be monitored.

(3) The chief executive may order a corrective services officer to give any or all of the following directions to the offender—

(a) a direction to remain at a stated place for a stated period;

(b) a direction to wear a stated device for monitoring the offender’s location;

Note— See also sections 350A and 350B. (4) A corrective services officer may give ancillary directions to an offender that are reasonable and necessary for the proper administration of a direction given under subsection (3). (5) A direction under this section—

(a) may be given in writing or orally, and may apply generally or be limited in its application; and

(b) must not be inconsistent with a requirement of the relevant order.

(6) Subsection (7) applies if—

(a) the chief executive gives a corrective services officer an order under subsection (3); and

(b) the commissioner advises the chief executive under section 344AA that the offender is no longer an identified participant in a criminal organisation.

(7) The chief executive must order a corrective services officer to tell the offender that any direction given to the offender under subsection (3) is no longer in place. s 267A ins 2013 No. 64 s 16 268 Declaration of emergency (1) This section applies if the chief executive reasonably believes a situation exists at a prison that threatens or is likely to threaten—

(a) the security or good order of the prison; or

(b) the safety of a prisoner or another person in the prison.

(2) The chief executive may, with the Minister’s approval, declare that an emergency exists in relation to the prison for a stated period that must not be more than 3 days. (3) The declaration lapses at the end of the stated period unless—

(a) it is sooner revoked by the chief executive; or

(b) another declaration is made to take effect.

(4) While the declaration is in force, the chief executive may—

(a) restrict any activity in, or access to, the prison; or

(b) order that prisoners’ privileges or a stated prisoner’s privileges be withheld; or

(c) authorise police officers to perform a function or exercise a power of a corrective services officer, under the direction of the senior police officer present.

(5) In this section— prison includes part of a prison. 269 Commissioner to provide police to help chief executive (1) The chief executive may ask the commissioner to provide police officers to help the chief executive in the performance of the chief executive’s functions. (2) The commissioner must comply with the request. 270 Community service (1) The chief executive may, in writing, declare an activity to be community service for this Act or the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . (2) The chief executive may appoint an appropriately qualified person (a community service supervisor) to supervise offenders performing community service. (3) A community service supervisor—

(a) ceases to be appointed at the end of the term stated in the instrument of appointment; and

(b) may resign by signed notice given to the chief executive.

271 Delegation of functions of chief executive (1) The chief executive may delegate to an appropriately qualified person (the delegate) a function of the chief executive under this Act. (2) The delegation may permit the delegate to subdelegate the delegated function to an appropriately qualified person. (3) In this section— appropriately qualified person includes any of the following—

(a) an employee of the department;

(b) an engaged service provider or an employee of an engaged service provider;

function includes a power. Part 3 Engaged service providers 272 Engaging service provider (1) The chief executive may, in writing, authorise an entity (an engaged service provider) to perform an office holder’s functions (authorised functions). (2) When performing authorised functions, an engaged service provider has the same powers as the office holder, including a power of delegation, but not including the power to authorise an engaged service provider under subsection (1). (3) The chief executive may give the authority subject to stated conditions, including, for example, a condition—

(a) that a particular power only be exercised subject to a decision of the chief executive; or Example— a condition requiring the engaged service provider to obtain the chief executive’s approval before delegating a particular power

(b) imposing particular duties on the engaged service provider’s employees. Examples—

• a condition requiring the engaged service provider to ensure the provider’s employees receive the training required by the chief executive

• a condition requiring the engaged service provider to ensure the provider’s employees are subject to the approved code of conduct for public service agencies, and any approved standard of practice for the department, under the Public Sector Ethics Act 1994

(4) The authorisation of an engaged service provider to perform an authorised function does not relieve the chief executive of the chief executive’s obligation to ensure the function is properly performed. (5) Laws apply to the engaged service provider, and to persons in relationship to the engaged service provider, in the performance of an authorised function, or in the exercise of a power for an authorised function, as if the engaged service provider were the officer holder. (6) In this section— entity does not include a public service employee. function, of an office holder, means a function of the office holder under—

(a) this Act, other than the chief executive’s functions relating to—

(i) the appointment of the chief inspector or inspectors; and

(ii) the appointment or assignment of official visitors; or

(b) another Act relating to corrective services.

office holder means—

(a) the chief executive; or

(b) a corrective services officer; or

s 272 amd 2010 No. 37 s 177 sch 273 Acts applying to engaged service provider (1) The Right to Information Act 2009 and the Information Privacy Act 2009 , chapter 3 apply to an engaged service provider prescribed under a regulation as if—

(a) the provider were an agency; and

(b) the holder of a specified office, prescribed under a regulation, of the provider were the chief executive officer of the provider; and

(2) The Crime and Corruption Act 2001 applies to an engaged service provider prescribed under a regulation as if—

(a) the provider were a unit of public administration; and

(b) the holder of a specified office, prescribed under a regulation, of the provider were the chief executive officer of the provider; and

(3) Subject to sections 17, 66 (6), 68 (6) and 71 (4), the Judicial Review Act 1991 applies to an engaged service provider prescribed under a regulation as if—

(a) the provider were a State authority; and

(b) a decision of an administrative character made, proposed to be made, or required to be made, by the provider or a person employed by the provider, whether or not in the exercise of a discretion, were a decision to which that Act applies.

(4) The Ombudsman Act 2001 applies to an engaged service provider prescribed under a regulation as if—

(a) the provider were an agency; and

(b) the holder of a specified office, prescribed under a regulation, of the provider were the principal officer; and

(d) the Minister were the responsible Minister.

(5) The Public Interest Disclosure Act 2010 applies to an engaged service provider as if—

(a) the provider were a public sector entity; and

(b) a person employed by the provider were a public officer; and

s 273 amd 2009 No. 13 s 213 sch 5; 2010 No. 38 s 78 sch 3; 2014 No. 21 s 94 (2) sch 2 274 Review of engaged service provider’s performance (1) The chief executive may appoint an appropriately qualified person to review an engaged service provider’s performance of its authorised functions. (2) The engaged service provider must allow the person unlimited access to—

(a) records relating to the performance of the authorised functions; or

(b) persons employed or engaged by the provider; or

(d) anything else stated in the appointment.

(3) The person must prepare a report on the review for the chief executive. Part 4 Corrective services officers 275 Appointing corrective services officers The chief executive may appoint an appropriately qualified public service officer, or another appropriately qualified person, as a corrective services officer. 276 Powers of corrective services officer (1) A corrective services officer—

(a) has the powers given to the officer under an Act; and

(b) is subject to the directions of the chief executive in exercising the powers.

(2) The powers may be limited—

(a) under a regulation; or

(b) under a condition of appointment; or

277 Issue of identity card (1) The chief executive must issue an identity card to each corrective services officer. (2) The identity card must—

(a) contain a recent photo of the corrective services officer; and

(b) contain a copy of the corrective services officer’s signature; and

(d) state an expiry date for the card.

(3) This section does not prevent the issue of a single identity card to a person for this Act and other purposes. 278 Production or display of identity card (1) In exercising a power under this Act in relation to a person, a corrective services officer must—

(a) produce the officer’s identity card for the person’s inspection before exercising the power; or

(b) have the identity card displayed so it is clearly visible to the person when exercising the power.

(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply if it is not practicable, in the circumstances, to comply with the subsection. 279 Corrective services dog The chief executive may, in the approved form, certify that a dog is a corrective services dog. 280 Use of corrective services dog (1) A corrective services dog may be used—

(a) to search for prohibited things; or Example— A corrective services dog may be used to do a scanning search of persons in a corrective services facility for drugs.

(b) to search for prisoners; or

(d) for the security or good order of a corrective services facility; or

(e) if it is reasonably necessary to help a corrective services officer perform functions under this Act.

(2) Subsection (1) (c) to (e) applies subject to the requirements of chapter 3, part 5. Note— Chapter 3, part 5 deals with the use of force. 281 Corrective services dog may accompany corrective services officer (1) A corrective services dog under the control of a corrective services officer who is performing duties under this Act may enter and remain on any place that the officer may lawfully enter or remain on. (2) Subsection (1) applies despite the provisions of any other Act or law. 282 Application of local laws The provisions of a local law do not apply to—

(a) a corrective services dog; or

(b) a corrective services officer handling a corrective services dog in relation to anything done by the officer in performing the officer’s duties under this Act.

Part 5 Doctors 283 Appointment of doctor (1) The chief executive must appoint at least 1 doctor for each prison. (2) A doctor who is not employed under the Public Service Act 2008 is entitled to the remuneration, allowances and expenses approved by the chief executive. s 283 amd 2009 No. 25 s 83 sch 284 Doctor’s functions A doctor appointed under section 283 must—

(a) examine and treat prisoners at the prison for which the doctor is appointed; and

(b) establish a record of the examinations carried out and treatment given by the doctor, or at the doctor’s direction, to prisoners at the prison for which the doctor is appointed; and

(c) report and make recommendations to the chief executive about a prisoner’s medical condition when required to do so by the chief executive; and

(d) perform any other function the doctor is required by the chief executive to perform that the doctor is qualified to perform.

Part 6 Official visitors 285 Appointing official visitor (1) The chief executive may appoint an appropriately qualified person as an official visitor for a period of up to 3 years. (2) The person may be reappointed, once only, for a period of up to 3 years. (3) The chief executive must not appoint as an official visitor—

(a) an employee of a public sector entity; or

(b) an employee of an engaged service provider.

286 Assigning official visitor to corrective services facility (1) The chief executive must ensure that—

(a) if 2 or more official visitors are assigned to visit a corrective services facility, at least 1 of the official visitors is a lawyer; and

(b) if a significant proportion of prisoners in custody in a corrective services facility are Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander prisoners, at least 1 of the official visitors assigned to visit the facility is an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person; and

(c) at least 1 of the official visitors assigned to visit a corrective services facility for female prisoners is a woman.

(2) An official visitor must visit the corrective services facility to which the official visitor has been assigned—

(a) once each month, unless otherwise directed by the chief executive; and

(b) when asked to do so by the chief executive.

(3) If an official visitor is unable to visit a corrective services facility as required by subsection (2), the official visitor must immediately notify the chief executive. 287 Remuneration, allowances and expenses An official visitor is entitled to the remuneration, allowances and expenses approved by the chief executive. 288 Terminating appointment (1) The chief executive may terminate an official visitor’s appointment if the official visitor—

(a) is convicted of an indictable offence; or

(b) fails to perform the functions of an official visitor under this Act; or

(c) while acting as an official visitor, solicits business or otherwise fails to act properly in a matter in which the official visitor’s personal interest conflicts with the public interest; or

(d) does anything else the chief executive reasonably considers is adequate justification for terminating the appointment.

(2) An official visitor may resign by signed notice given to the chief executive. 289 Prisoner’s request to see official visitor (1) If a prisoner indicates to a corrective services officer that the prisoner wants to see an official visitor, the corrective services officer must—

(a) record the fact in an official visitor register; and

(b) advise an official visitor of the fact when the official visitor next visits the corrective services facility.

(2) A prisoner is not required, and must not be asked, to tell a corrective services officer why the prisoner wants to see an official visitor. 290 Official visitor’s function (1) An official visitor must investigate a complaint made by a prisoner, but only if the complaint is—

(a) made by a prisoner at the corrective services facility to which the official visitor is assigned; and

(b) about an act or omission of any of the following relating to the prisoner, whether the act was done or omission made before or after the commencement of this section—

(i) the chief executive;

(ii) a person purportedly performing a function, or exercising a power, of the chief executive;

(iii) a corrective services officer.

(2) However, an official visitor must not investigate a complaint if—

(a) it involves a matter that is currently before a court or tribunal; or

(b) it can be more appropriately dealt with by another person or agency; or

(d) the official visitor’s personal interest in the prisoner conflicts with the public interest; or

(e) the official visitor reasonably suspects the complaint involves or may involve corrupt conduct, unless the chief executive has advised the official visitor that—

(i) the complaint has been referred to the Crime and Corruption Commission; and

(ii) the Crime and Corruption Commission’s chairperson has advised the chief executive that the commission does not intend to investigate the complaint; or

(f) the official visitor reasonably believes the complaint is frivolous or vexatious.

(3) An official visitor must act impartially when investigating a complaint. (4) An official visitor may arrange for another official visitor assigned to the same corrective services facility to investigate a complaint if—

(a) the other official visitor agrees; and

(b) the prisoner is not significantly prejudiced by a delay because of the arrangement.

(5) After investigating a complaint, an official visitor—

(a) may make a recommendation to the chief executive; and

(b) must advise the prisoner—

(i) whether the official visitor has made a recommendation to the chief executive; and

(ii) if a recommendation has been made—the terms of the recommendation, without disclosing confidential information.

(6) To remove any doubt, it is declared that—

(a) the chief executive is not bound by an official visitor’s recommendation; and

(b) an official visitor can not overrule a decision about which a complaint has been made.

s 290 amd 2014 No. 21 s 94 (2) sch 2; 2016 No. 19 s 46 sch 1 291 Official visitor powers (1) An official visitor assigned to a corrective services facility may—

(a) enter the facility at any time, except when a declaration of emergency is in force for the facility under section 268; and

(b) on request, have access to a place where the official visitor may interview a prisoner out of the hearing of other persons; and

(c) inspect and copy, at the facility, any document kept under this Act relating to a complaint the official visitor is investigating, other than a document to which legal professional privilege attaches.

(2) The chief executive must give an official visitor reasonable help to exercise a power given to the official visitor under this Act. 292 Official visitor reports An official visitor must give to the chief executive—

(a) if asked by the chief executive, a written report about an investigation; and

(b) each month, a written report summarising the number and types of complaints the official visitor has investigated.

s 292 amd 2009 No. 30 s 33 Part 7 Elders, respected persons and spiritual healers 293 Appointing elders, respected persons and spiritual healers The chief executive may appoint an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander elder, respected person or indigenous spiritual healer for a corrective services facility. Part 8 Inspectors Division 1 Appointment 294 Appointing inspectors generally (1) The chief executive may appoint an appropriately qualified person as an inspector. (2) The function of an inspector is—

(a) to investigate an incident; or

(b) to inspect a corrective services facility or a probation and parole office; or

(d) to review services offered at a corrective services facility or a probation and parole office.

295 Appointing inspectors for an incident (1) For each incident, the chief executive must appoint at least 2 inspectors. (2) At least 1 of the inspectors must be—

(a) a person who is not an employee of—

(i) the department; or

(ii) an engaged service provider that administers the corrective services facility at which the incident happened; and

(b) if the incident involves an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander prisoner—an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander person.

(3) However, the chief executive need not appoint inspectors to investigate an incident if the incident is being investigated by an officer of a law enforcement agency. 296 Appointing chief inspector (1) The chief executive may appoint an inspector who is a public service officer to be the chief inspector. (2) In addition to the functions of an inspector, the chief inspector has the function to coordinate—

(a) the official visitor scheme established for this Act; and

(b) inspections and reviews mentioned in section 294 (2).

297 Appointment conditions and limit on powers (1) An inspector holds office on any conditions stated in—

(a) the inspector’s instrument of appointment; or

(b) a signed notice given to the inspector; or

(2) An inspector who is not a public service officer is entitled to the remuneration, allowances and expenses approved by the chief executive. (3) The instrument of appointment, a signed notice given to the inspector or a regulation may limit the inspector’s powers under this Act. (4) In this section— signed notice means a notice signed by the chief executive. 298 Issue of identity card (1) The chief executive must issue an identity card to each inspector. (2) The identity card must—

(a) contain a recent photo of the inspector; and

(b) contain a copy of the inspector’s signature; and

(d) state an expiry date for the card.

(3) This section does not prevent the issue of a single identity card to a person for this Act and other purposes. 299 Production or display of identity card (1) In exercising a power under this Act in relation to a person, an inspector must—

(a) produce the inspector’s identity card for the person’s inspection before exercising the power; or

(b) have the identity card displayed so it is clearly visible to the person when exercising the power.

(2) However, if it is not practicable to comply with subsection (1), the inspector must produce the identity card for the person’s inspection at the first reasonable opportunity. 300 When inspector ceases to hold office (1) An inspector ceases to hold office if any of the following happens—

(a) the term of office stated in a condition of office ends;

(b) under another condition of office, the inspector ceases to hold office;

(2) Subsection (1) does not limit the ways an inspector may cease to hold office. (3) In this section— condition of office means a condition on which the inspector holds office. 301 Resignation An inspector may resign by signed notice given to the chief executive. 302 Return of identity card A person who ceases to be an inspector must return the person’s identity card to the chief executive within 14 days after ceasing to be an inspector, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—10 penalty units. Division 2 Powers 303 Inspector’s powers generally (1) For performing a function mentioned in section 294 (2), an inspector may—

(a) enter—

(i) a corrective services facility at any time, except when a declaration of emergency is in force for the facility under section 268; or

(ii) a probation and parole office at any time; or

(b) interview any prisoner or staff member; or

(c) on request, have access to a place in a corrective services facility or probation and parole office where the inspector may interview a prisoner or staff member out of the hearing of other persons; or

(d) inspect and copy any document kept at a corrective services facility or probation and parole office that is relevant to the performance by the inspector of the function for which the inspector was appointed, other than a document to which legal professional privilege attaches.

(2) A corrective services officer must give the inspector reasonable help to exercise a power given to the inspector under this Act. 304 Inspector’s power to require information (1) This section applies if an inspector investigating an incident reasonably believes a person performing a function under this Act may be able to give information about the incident. (2) The inspector may require the person to give information about the incident. (3) When making the requirement, the inspector must warn the person it is an offence for the person not to give the information, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. (4) The person must give the information, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units or 6 months imprisonment. (5) It is a reasonable excuse for an individual to fail to give the information if giving the information might tend to incriminate the individual. 305 Inspectors’ reports (1) The inspectors appointed to investigate an incident must give a written report to the chief executive stating the result of the investigation and any recommendations. (2) An inspector appointed to carry out an inspection, or to conduct a review, mentioned in section 294 (2) must give a written report to the chief executive stating the result of the inspection or review and any recommendations. Part 9 Volunteers 306 Authorising volunteer (1) The chief executive may, in writing, authorise a person (a volunteer) to perform—

(a) unpaid work for the welfare of prisoners; or

(b) unpaid supervision of offenders who are subject to community based orders.

(2) A volunteer must comply with any condition stated in the authorisation and with any direction given by the chief executive for the security or good order of the corrective services facility. (3) A volunteer is entitled to the payment of expenses approved by the chief executive. Part 10 Prisoners of a court 307 Prisoner in proper officer of a court’s custody (1) A person who is required by law to surrender himself or herself into the custody of a court must do so by surrendering himself or herself into the custody of the proper officer of the court. (2) A person who surrenders himself or herself into the custody of a court is in the custody of the proper officer of the court until—

(a) released on bail; or

(b) discharged from lawful custody; or

308 Powers of proper officer of a court (1) The proper officer of a court has, in relation to a prisoner of the court or a person mentioned in section 310 (1), all the powers of the chief executive under this Act, in relation to a prisoner, that are necessary for the discharge of the proper officer’s functions. (2) To help the proper officer of the court perform the proper officer’s functions, the proper officer may ask—

(a) the chief executive to provide corrective services officers; and

(b) the commissioner to provide police officers.

(3) The chief executive or commissioner must comply with the request. (4) In helping the proper officer of the court, a corrective services officer may—

(a) use the force the corrective services officer may use under chapter 3, part 5 as if the prisoner of the court or person mentioned in subsection (1) were a prisoner; and

(b) give a direction to the prisoner of the court or person that the corrective services officer may give under chapter 2, part 2, division 1 as if the prisoner of the court or person were a prisoner; and

(c) conduct a search of the prisoner of the court or person under chapter 2, part 2, division 3 as if an order of the proper officer for the searching of the prisoner of the court or person were an order of the chief executive.

(5) Subsection (4) does not limit the help the corrective services officer may give to the proper officer of the court to perform the proper officer’s functions. 309 Delegation of powers of proper officer of a court The proper officer of a court may delegate the proper officer’s functions or powers under this Act to an appropriately qualified person. 310 Court cells (1) A person who is not a prisoner of a court may be detained in a court cell if the person is lawfully in custody to attend before a court or another entity. (2) While detained in the court cell, the person is in the custody of the proper officer of the court where the court cell is located. (3) The proper officer of the court is responsible for the management, security and good order of the court cell, despite anything in the State Buildings Protective Security Act 1983 . (4) In this section— court cell means a place attached to or near a court that—

(a) is not a corrective services facility; and

(b) is used for detaining prisoners of the court and other persons.

Part 11 Property Division 1 Prisoner’s money 311 Prisoners trust fund (1) The chief executive must keep a trust fund called the prisoners trust fund. (2) The prisoners trust fund is to consist of an account for each prisoner for whom an amount is received by the chief executive. (3) Subject to section 311A, all amounts received for a prisoner by the chief executive must be paid into the prisoner’s account in the prisoners trust fund. (4) If the public trustee is managing the prisoner’s estate and the public trustee asks for the payment, the chief executive must pay the amount in the prisoner’s account to the public trustee. (5) A prisoner may, with the chief executive’s approval, spend an amount that is in the prisoner’s account. (6) The chief executive may limit any or all of the following—

(a) the amount that may be received as a single receipt for a prisoner;

(b) the amount that may be held in a prisoner’s account in the prisoners trust fund;

(7) When a prisoner is discharged or released, the chief executive must pay the prisoner the amount in the prisoner’s account. s 311 amd 2009 No. 30 s 34 311A Dealing with amounts received for prisoners in particular cases (1) This section applies if the chief executive receives an amount for a prisoner and any of the following apply—

(a) the chief executive is not satisfied that the donor of the amount is sufficiently identified;

(b) the amount is more than the allowable receipt amount;

(c) payment of the amount into the prisoner’s account would result in the balance of that account being more than the allowable balance.

(2) The chief executive must return the amount to its donor. (3) If, despite making reasonable efforts, the chief executive can not return the amount to its donor, the chief executive must, as the chief executive considers appropriate—

(a) pay the amount to an entity nominated by the prisoner; or

(b) keep the amount in the prisoner’s account until the prisoner is discharged or released.

(4) To remove any doubt, the prisoner can not access an amount held in the prisoner’s account under subsection (3) (b). (5) In this section— allowable balance, for a prisoner’s account, means the amount allowed under section 311 (6) (b). allowable receipt amount means the amount allowed for a single receipt for a prisoner under section 311 (6) (a). donor, of an amount received for a prisoner, means the person from whom the amount is received. prisoner’s account, for a prisoner, means the prisoner’s account mentioned in section 311 (2). s 311A ins 2009 No. 30 s 35 312 Trust account records The chief executive must keep records of the administration of each prisoner’s account, noting each payment to the account and each deduction from the account. 313 Payments to prisoner’s account The chief executive may pay an amount into a prisoner’s account for the following purposes—

(a) allowances for basic amenities;

(b) another purpose prescribed under a regulation.

314 Deductions from prisoner’s account The chief executive may deduct an amount from a prisoner’s account for the following purposes—

(a) if the prisoner asks, to help the prisoner to attend an approved activity, course or program or for a leave of absence;

(b) to reimburse the chief executive for any payments made to help the prisoner to attend an approved activity, course or program or for a leave of absence;

(c) to reimburse the chief executive for the cost of replacing or repairing any property the prisoner wilfully damaged or destroyed during the commission of—

(i) an offence against this Act or a breach of discipline; or

(ii) an offence for which the prisoner is convicted, if the reimbursement is in accordance with a court order under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 ;

(d) to buy or rent goods for the prisoner, at the prisoner’s request;

(e) to pay for, or contribute to the cost of, the prisoner’s travel on discharge or release from the corrective services facility;

(f) another purpose prescribed under a regulation.

315 Investment of prisoners trust fund (1) The chief executive may invest amounts held in the prisoners trust fund in a financial institution. (2) The chief executive must apply any interest earned on the investment for the general benefit of prisoners and report annually to the Minister on the application of the interest. 316 Remuneration for prisoner (1) The chief executive may approve an activity or program to be an activity or program for which remuneration, at rates set by the chief executive, may be paid to a prisoner. (2) The chief executive must review the remuneration rates at least once every year. (3) The chief executive may withhold remuneration from a prisoner who—

(a) has not diligently undertaken the activity or program; or

(b) refuses to participate in an activity or program for which an approval has been given under subsection (1).

Division 2 Other property of prisoner 317 Bringing property into corrective services facility (1) The chief executive may allow property to be brought into a corrective services facility for a prisoner (the prisoner’s property). (2) However, the chief executive may impose conditions about the prisoner’s property, including, for example, a condition—

(a) limiting the property’s use; or

(b) that the property be safe for use; or

(3) The prisoner must pay any costs incurred in deciding whether the prisoner’s property is safe for use. (4) If the prisoner fails to pay the costs, the chief executive may refuse to allow the prisoner’s property to enter the corrective services facility. (5) A regulation may be made about the property that a prisoner may keep in a corrective services facility, including, for example, the amount of property a prisoner may keep. (6) The chief executive must keep a record describing the property brought into the corrective services facility for each prisoner. 318 Dealing with property if prisoner escapes (1) If a prisoner escapes, the prisoner’s property kept in a corrective services facility is taken to have been abandoned, and is forfeited to the State. (2) The chief executive may dispose of, or destroy, the property. Part 12 Compensation 319 Compensation for lost or damaged property (1) A person may claim compensation from the State if, when the person was in the chief executive’s custody, the person’s property was lost or damaged while—

(a) stored by the chief executive; or

(b) being transported by the chief executive between corrective services facilities.

(2) The person may apply to the chief executive for payment of an amount by the State for the loss or damage. (3) The application is to be decided by the chief executive. (4) The chief executive may approve the payment of an amount if satisfied the payment is justified in the circumstances. (5) In this section— property means property recorded under section 317 (6). Part 12A Discrimination complaints pt hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 1 Preliminary div hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319A Definitions In this part— protected defendant means—

(a) the State, but only in relation to a matter arising out of the administration of this Act; or

(b) an engaged service provider; or

(d) an entity employed or engaged under this Act whose functions include rehabilitating offenders; or

(e) an entity that is joined in a proceeding about a contravention of the Anti-Discrimination Act brought by an offender against an entity mentioned in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (f); or

(f) an individual employed or engaged by an entity mentioned in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e).

relevant person means a person mentioned in section 134 (1) or (3) of the Anti-Discrimination Act. Editor’s note— Anti-Discrimination Act, section 134 (Who may complain) tribunal means QCAT. def tribunal sub 2009 No. 24 s 98 s 319A ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319B Purpose of part and its achievement (1) The purpose of this part is to maintain a balance between—

(a) the financial and other constraints to which protected defendants are subject in their treatment of offenders; and

(b) the need to continue to respect offenders’ dignity.

(2) The purpose is achieved primarily by—

(a) requiring offenders to use internal complaints procedures provided by the department for complaining about an alleged contravention of the Anti-Discrimination Act before complaining under that Act about a contravention; and

(b) modifying the Anti-Discrimination Act’s application to the treatment of offenders by protected defendants.

s 319B ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319C Relationship with Anti-Discrimination Act This part applies despite the Anti-Discrimination Act. s 319C ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 2 Restrictions on complaints div 2 (ss 319D–319F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319D No property or interest in right of complaint (1) Nothing in this part prevents a relevant person complaining to the anti-discrimination commissioner under the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 134 about an alleged contravention of that Act committed by a protected defendant against an offender. (2) However, the offender has no property or interest in the right of complaint. (3) Subsection (1) applies subject to sections 319E and 319F. div 2 (ss 319D–319F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319E Complaint to chief executive required first (1) A relevant person can not complain to the anti-discrimination commissioner under the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 134 about an alleged contravention of that Act committed by a protected defendant against an offender until—

(a) if the offender was detained in a corrective services facility when the alleged contravention happened—at least 4 months after the offender makes a written complaint about the alleged contravention to the chief executive at the corrective services facility where the offender was detained; or

(b) if the offender was not detained in a corrective services facility when the alleged contravention happened—at least 4 months after the offender makes a written complaint about the alleged contravention to the chief executive at the probation and parole office where the offender was required to report to a corrective services officer.

(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply if the offender is notified in writing by the chief executive that the chief executive has finished dealing with the offender’s complaint. (3) Subsection (1) (a) applies subject to section 319F. div 2 (ss 319D–319F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319F Complaint to official visitor required first (1) This section applies in relation to an offender mentioned in section 319E (1) (a) who is still detained in a corrective services facility at the earlier of the following—

(a) the day the offender is notified in writing by the chief executive that the chief executive has finished dealing with the offender’s complaint under that section;

(b) the day that is 4 months after the offender makes a written complaint to the chief executive under that section.

(2) A relevant person can not complain to the anti-discrimination commissioner under the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 134 about an alleged contravention of that Act committed by a protected defendant against the offender until at least 1 month after the offender makes a written complaint under section 290 (1) to an official visitor about the alleged contravention. (3) However, subsection (2) does not apply if the offender is notified in writing by the official visitor that the official visitor has finished dealing with the offender’s complaint. div 2 (ss 319D–319F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 3 Modifications div 3 (ss 319G–319I) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319G When treatment of offender by protected defendant is not direct discrimination (1) This section applies if a protected defendant treats, or proposes to treat, an offender with an attribute less favourably than another offender without the attribute in circumstances that are the same or not materially different. (2) For the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 10 the protected defendant does not directly discriminate against the offender if the treatment, or proposed treatment, is reasonable. (3) In considering whether the treatment, or proposed treatment, is reasonable, the tribunal must consider any relevant submissions made about any of the following—

(a) the security and good order of any corrective services facility in which the offender was detained when the protected defendant treated, or proposed to treat, the offender less favourably;

(b) the cost to the protected defendant of providing alternative treatment;

(c) the administrative and operational burden that providing alternative treatment might place on the protected defendant;

(d) the disruption to the protected defendant that providing alternative treatment might cause;

(e) the budget constraints of the protected defendant;

(f) the resources constraints of the protected defendant;

(g) whether the treatment, or proposed treatment, adequately meets the needs of the offender, notwithstanding the availability of alternative treatment that more ideally meets the needs of the offender;

(h) the need to respect offenders’ dignity;

(i) whether the treatment, or proposed treatment, unfairly prejudices other offenders;

(j) any other matter the tribunal considers relevant.

(4) In a case involving an allegation of direct discrimination by an offender against a protected defendant, the protected defendant must prove, on the balance of probabilities, that the treatment, or proposed treatment, is reasonable. div 3 (ss 319G–319I) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319H When term imposed on offender by protected defendant is not indirect discrimination (1) This section applies if a protected defendant imposes, or proposes to impose, a term—

(a) with which an offender with an attribute does not or is not able to comply; and

(b) with which a higher proportion of offenders without the attribute comply or are able to comply.

(2) In considering whether for the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 11 (1) (c) the term is reasonable, the tribunal must consider any relevant submissions made about any of the following—

(a) the security and good order of any corrective services facility in which the offender was detained when the protected defendant imposed, or proposed to impose, the term;

(b) the cost to the protected defendant of imposing an alternative term;

(d) the disruption to the protected defendant that imposing an alternative term might cause;

(e) the budget constraints of the protected defendant;

(f) the resources constraints of the protected defendant;

(g) whether the imposing of, or proposal to impose, the term adequately meets the needs of the offender, notwithstanding the availability of an alternative term that more ideally meets the needs of the offender;

(h) the need to respect offenders’ dignity;

(i) whether the imposing of, or proposal to impose, the term unfairly prejudices other offenders;

(j) any other matter the tribunal considers relevant.

(3) In this section— term includes condition, requirement or practice, whether or not written. div 3 (ss 319G–319I) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319I Restrictions on tribunal compensation orders (1) This section applies if the tribunal decides a protected defendant contravened the Anti-Discrimination Act in relation to an offender. (2) The tribunal may make a compensation order only if it—

(a) finds that the contravention happened because of an act or omission done or made in bad faith; and

(b) considers that no non-compensatory order effectively redresses the offender for the contravention.

(3) If the tribunal decides to make a compensation order, it must give the protected defendant and the offender written reasons that no non-compensatory order effectively redresses the offender for the contravention. (4) Also, if the tribunal decides to make a compensation order—

(a) the tribunal can not require that payment of an amount of compensation, or interest on an amount of compensation, be paid directly to the offender; and

(b) the order has effect as an award of compensation only for part 12B; and

(5) In this section— compensation order means an order under the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 209 (1) (b). non-compensatory order means an order under the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 209 (1) other than a compensation order. div 3 (ss 319G–319I) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Part 12B Victim trust funds pt hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 1 Preliminary div hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319J Definitions In this part— award of compensation, in relation to a person, means—

(a) an amount of compensation (including any interest on the amount), that has been finally decided, in relation to the person under the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 209 (1) (b) or (g) for a contravention of that Act committed by a protected defendant while the person was an offender; or

(b) an obligation to pay an amount of compensation in relation to the person under an agreement between the person and a protected defendant relating to a complaint under the Anti-Discrimination Act about an alleged contravention of that Act committed by the protected defendant against the person while the person was an offender.

award of damages, in relation to a person, means—

(a) an award of damages (including any interest), that has been finally decided, in relation to the person by a court for a civil wrong committed by a protected defendant against the person while the person was an offender; or

(b) an obligation to pay damages in relation to the person under an agreement between the person and a protected defendant relating to a cause of action by the person against the protected defendant for a civil wrong committed by the protected defendant against the person while the person was an offender.

child support registrar means the child support registrar under the Child Support (Registration and Collection) Act 1988 (Cwlth), section 10. collection entity means—

(a) the chief executive of the department in which the Victims of Crime Assistance Act is administered; or

(b) the SPER registrar; or

def collection entity amd 2009 No. 35 s 197 disbursements includes outlays. eligible entity claim see section 319ZC (3). eligible victim claim see section 319X (3). entity claim see section 319Z. finally decided, for an award of compensation or an award of damages, means—

(a) that the period for appealing against the award has ended and no appeal has been made; or

(b) that all appeals against the award have been withdrawn or finally decided.

potential claimant, for the chief executive, means a person who, from documents held by the chief executive or made available to the chief executive under section 319U in relation to offences committed or allegedly committed by the person in relation to whom the relevant award was made, appears to have a victim claim against the person in relation to whom the relevant award was made. relevant award, for a provision about a victim trust fund, means the award of relevant money that forms the fund. relevant money, awarded in relation to a person, means—

(a) an award of damages in relation to the person against a protected defendant; or

(b) an award of compensation in relation to the person against a protected defendant.

SPER means the registry established under the State Penalties Enforcement Act 1999 , part 2. SPER registrar means the registrar of SPER under the State Penalties Enforcement Act 1999 , section 10. victim claim see section 319S (1). victim trust fund means the following—

(a) a victim trust fund mentioned in section 319N (2);

(b) in relation to relevant money—the victim trust fund formed by the money.

s 319J ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319K Relationship between divs 2 to 4 and div 5 Divisions 2 to 4 are subject to division 5. s 319K ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 2 Restrictions on causes of action and agreements div 2 (ss 319L–319M) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319L No property or interest in causes of action (1) This section applies if a protected defendant commits a civil wrong against a person while the person is an offender. (2) The person may bring a proceeding in a court in relation to the civil wrong. (3) However, the person has no property or interest in—

(a) a cause of action for the civil wrong; or

(b) any relevant money awarded in a proceeding mentioned in subsection (2).

(4) If, in the proceeding, the person establishes the liability of the protected defendant for the civil wrong, the court—

(a) may order the protected defendant to pay damages for harm or injury suffered by the person because of the civil wrong; and

(b) must order that the damages be dealt with under this part.

(5) The Civil Liability Act 2003 and the Personal Injuries Proceedings Act 2002 apply to the proceeding. div 2 (ss 319L–319M) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319M No property or interest under agreements (1) This section applies if a protected defendant enters into an agreement with a person about the liability of the protected defendant to pay an amount of damages or compensation, however described, in relation to a civil wrong committed by the protected defendant against the person while the person was an offender. (2) The agreement contains the following implied terms—

(a) the damages or compensation that must be paid by the protected defendant must be dealt with under this part;

(b) the person has no property or interest in the damages or compensation.

(3) An agreement between the protected defendant and the person to deal with the amount of damages or compensation other than as provided by this part is void. (4) In this section— damages or compensation includes any interest payable on the damages or compensation. div 2 (ss 319L–319M) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 3 Establishment of victim trust fund div 3 (ss 319N–319R) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319N Relevant money held in trust in a victim trust fund (1) Relevant money awarded in relation to a person—

(a) is held in trust by the protected defendant liable to pay the relevant money for the payment of the following—

(i) any awards on eligible victim claims against the person;

(ii) any amounts of eligible entity claims against the person; and

(b) may be paid out only as allowed under this part.

(2) Relevant money held by a protected defendant in trust under this part forms a fund (a victim trust fund). (3) This section is subject to any Act of the State or the Commonwealth requiring the protected defendant to pay the relevant money to someone else. Note— Section 319ZG also provides an exception to this section for medical expenses. Section 319ZH provides an exception for legal costs. div 3 (ss 319N–319R) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319O Chief executive to be notified of victim trust fund (1) This section applies to the following protected defendants liable to pay an award of relevant money—

(a) a protected defendant mentioned in section 319A, definition protected defendant, paragraph (a) if the protected defendant’s liability to pay the award of relevant money arose because of an act or omission of an individual who is not employed or engaged by the department;

(b) a prescribed protected defendant.

(2) The protected defendant must, as soon as reasonably practicable but at least within 7 days after the relevant money is awarded, give the chief executive a written notice stating—

(a) the name of the person in relation to whom the award was made; and

(b) the date the award was made; and

(d) the date the victim trust fund was transferred, or is intended to be transferred, to the public trustee.

Maximum penalty for a prescribed protected defendant—2 penalty units. (3) In this section— prescribed protected defendant means—

(a) a protected defendant mentioned in section 319A, definition protected defendant, paragraph (b) to (e); or

(b) a protected defendant mentioned in section 319A, definition protected defendant, paragraph (f) who is an individual employed or engaged by a protected defendant mentioned in paragraph (a).

div 3 (ss 319N–319R) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319P Victim trust fund to be transferred to public trustee (1) A protected defendant liable to pay an award of relevant money must transfer the victim trust fund to the public trustee within 1 month after the protected defendant—

(a) knows the amount of the relevant money that is required by an Act of the State or the Commonwealth to be paid to someone else; or

(b) is satisfied that none of the relevant money is required by an Act of the State or the Commonwealth to be paid to someone else.

Maximum penalty for a prescribed protected defendant—2 penalty units. (2) The public trustee must—

(a) hold the victim trust fund under this part; and

(b) pay an amount out of the victim trust fund only as allowed under this part.

(3) Interest or other money received or realised on the investment of the victim trust fund is payable to and forms part of the victim trust fund. (4) In this section— prescribed protected defendant means—

(a) a protected defendant mentioned in section 319A, definition protected defendant, paragraph (b) to (e); or

(b) a protected defendant mentioned in section 319A, definition protected defendant, paragraph (f) who is an individual employed or engaged by a protected defendant mentioned in paragraph (a).

div 3 (ss 319N–319R) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319Q Discharge of protected defendant (1) The public trustee must give the protected defendant a receipt for a victim trust fund transferred to the public trustee under section 319P within 14 days after the public trustee receives the fund. (2) The receipt is sufficient discharge to the protected defendant as to the victim trust fund and on receiving the receipt, the protected defendant is not liable or accountable for the victim trust fund or liable for the application, distribution or appropriation of the victim trust fund. (3) The public trustee must give a copy of the receipt to the chief executive at the same time the public trustee gives the protected defendant the receipt. div 3 (ss 319N–319R) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319R Relevant money to form a separate victim trust fund (1) If relevant money is awarded in relation to a person more than once, each award forms a separate victim trust fund. (2) This part must be complied with for each of the victim trust funds. Example— If relevant money is awarded in relation to a person on 1 January and 1 October, the relevant money awarded on each occasion forms a separate victim trust fund. The notification requirements under section 319T must be complied with for each of the funds. div 3 (ss 319N–319R) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 4 Distribution of victim trust fund div hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Subdivision 1 Victim claims sdiv hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319S What is a victim claim (1) A person has a claim (a victim claim) against someone else (the relevant person) if the person has a cause of action against the relevant person for an injury to the person caused by the conduct of the relevant person that, on the balance of probabilities, constitutes an offence. (2) Subsection (1) applies—

(a) whether or not the relevant person is prosecuted for, or convicted of, an offence in relation to the conduct; and

(b) even if the relevant person is found to have been suffering from unsoundness of mind in relation to the conduct, or unfit for trial, under the Mental Health Act 2000 , chapter 7, part 6.

(3) In this section— injury includes fatal injury. Note— See the Succession Act 1981 , section 66 (Survival of actions). s 319S ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319T Notice to potential claimants (1) The chief executive must, within 1 month after receiving the copy of the receipt mentioned in section 319Q (3), give each potential claimant a written notice stating—

(a) the name of the person in relation to whom relevant money has been awarded (the relevant person); and

(b) that there is a victim trust fund; and

(c) that the potential claimant may have a victim claim against the relevant person and that the victim claim may be payable from the victim trust fund; and

(d) the period within which the potential claimant must start a proceeding in a court on a victim claim to have an eligible victim claim against the relevant person; and

(e) the other steps the potential claimant must take for the potential claimant to have an eligible victim claim against the relevant person.

(2) The chief executive is taken to have complied with subsection (1) if the chief executive—

(a) gives a written notice to each potential claimant at the address of the potential claimant last known to the chief executive; or

(b) publishes a notice in the gazette containing the information mentioned in subsection (1).

s 319T ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319U Identification of potential claimants (1) The chief executive may consult with the following persons for the purpose of identifying potential claimants for a victim trust fund—

(a) the commissioner of the police service;

(b) the director of public prosecutions;

(2) The disclosure of information by the director of public prosecutions for the purpose mentioned in subsection (1) is a disclosure under an Act for the Director of Public Prosecutions Act 1984 , section 24A. (3) The disclosure of information by the commissioner of the police service for the purpose mentioned in subsection (1) is an authorised or permitted disclosure under an Act for the Police Service Administration Act 1990 , section 10.1. (4) The disclosure of information by the chief executive of the department in which the Victims of Crime Assistance Act is administered for the purpose mentioned in subsection (1) is authorised despite any other Act or law. (5) If the chief executive is satisfied there are no potential claimants for a victim trust fund, the chief executive must, as soon as reasonably practicable after being so satisfied, give written notice of that fact to the public trustee. s 319U ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 amd 2009 No. 35 s 198 319V Giving of information to potential claimants (1) The chief executive must, in response to a request made by a potential claimant and as soon as reasonably practicable after the request is received, give the potential claimant the information the chief executive is reasonably able to give about—

(a) the relevant award; and

(b) the amount of the victim trust fund; and

(c) any other victim claims against the person in relation to whom the relevant money was awarded that may be payable from the victim trust fund and of which the chief executive has been given notice under section 319X (5).

(2) The giving of information under subsection (1)—

(a) is allowed despite an agreement to which the protected defendant liable to pay the relevant award is a party that would otherwise prohibit or restrict the disclosure of information about the relevant award; and

(b) is not a contravention of the agreement.

(3) However, the giving of information under subsection (1) must not include the giving of someone else’s personal information, unless that person has given written consent to its giving. (4) A potential claimant to whom information is given under subsection (1) must not disclose the information to someone else other than—

(a) for the purpose of obtaining legal advice or representation, or for a proceeding, relating to a victim claim by the potential claimant against the person in relation to whom the relevant money was awarded; or

(b) as required by law; or

Maximum penalty—50 penalty units. (5) In this section— personal information, of a person, means the person’s name and address, or other information that may identify the person. s 319V ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319W Starting of victim claims proceedings despite expiry of limitation period (1) If relevant money is awarded in relation to a person (the relevant person), an action on a victim claim against the relevant person may be brought by a potential claimant—

(a) by a proceeding started within 6 months after the chief executive gives the written notice as mentioned in section 319T (1); and

(b) despite the Limitation of Actions Act 1974 , section 11.

Note— See section 478E about the application of this part to civil wrongs committed before the commencement of that section. (2) However, an award of damages in a proceeding brought under this section—

(a) has effect only to allow the payment under section 319Y of all or part of those damages out of the victim trust fund; and

(b) can not otherwise be enforced against the relevant person or the relevant person’s property.

s 319W ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319X Notifying victim claims (1) This section applies if a person has a victim claim against someone else in relation to whom relevant money was awarded (the relevant person) and the person either—

(a) started a proceeding in a court on the claim against the relevant person before the award was made; or Example for paragraph (a)— The person started a proceeding in a court on a claim for personal injury against an offender 5 years before the award of offender money in relation to the offender.

(b) starts a proceeding in a court on the claim against the relevant person within 6 months after the chief executive gives a written notice as mentioned in section 319T (1).

(2) The person may notify the public trustee of the victim claim by giving the public trustee—

(a) written notice of the proceeding within 6 months after the chief executive gives a written notice as mentioned in section 319T (1); and

(b) the further details of the proceeding or any award of damages made in relation to the victim claim, if any, that are reasonably requested by the public trustee to enable the public trustee to perform its functions under this part.

(3) A victim claim notified to the public trustee as mentioned in subsection (2) is an eligible victim claim. (4) The public trustee may reject a victim claim if the person fails to comply with a request for further details under subsection (2) (b) without reasonable excuse. (5) The public trustee must give a copy of the written notice or the further details received under subsection (2) to the chief executive within 14 days after receiving the notice or the details. (6) In this section— written notice, of a proceeding, means—

(a) a certified copy of the notice given under the Personal Injuries Proceedings Act 2002 , section 9 for the proceeding; or

(b) other written evidence of the proceeding that satisfies the public trustee that the proceeding has been started.

s 319X ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319Y Payment of eligible victim claims from victim trust fund (1) The public trustee must pay from a victim trust fund any award on an eligible victim claim against the person in relation to whom the relevant award was made (the relevant person). Note— See also section 319ZK. (2) The payment must be made as soon as practicable after all proceedings on eligible victim claims against the relevant person started before the cut-off day have been finally decided. (3) For subsection (2), a proceeding on an eligible victim claim against the relevant person is taken to have been finally decided if the public trustee is satisfied that—

(a) the period for appealing against a decision awarding damages made by a court in the proceeding has ended and no appeal has been made; or

(b) all appeals against a decision awarding damages made by a court in the proceeding have been withdrawn or finally decided; or

(d) the proceeding has been discontinued.

(4) If the amount of the victim trust fund is not enough to pay all of the awards on eligible victim claims against the relevant person, the public trustee must pay each award proportionately. (5) Subject to an Act providing for the holding of moneys on trust for a person under a legal disability, the payments must be made—

(a) to the person named in the award; and

(b) to the extent that the award has not been satisfied by someone else.

(6) An award on an eligible victim claim against the relevant person, to the extent of any payment of the award under this section—

(a) is discharged; and

(b) can not be enforced against the relevant person or any other person.

(7) In this section— award, on an eligible victim claim against a relevant person, means—

(a) an award of damages, that has been finally decided, to a person by a court in a proceeding on the eligible victim claim by the person against the relevant person; or

(b) an award of damages to a person under an agreement between the person and the relevant person relating to an eligible victim claim by the person against the relevant person.

cut-off day, for starting a proceeding on an eligible victim claim against the relevant person, means the day after the last day on which a proceeding may be started for section 319X (1) (b). s 319Y ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Subdivision 2 Entity claims sdiv hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319Z What is an entity claim (1) The chief executive of the department in which the Victims of Crime Assistance Act is administered has, for the State, a claim (an entity claim) against a person in relation to whom relevant money is awarded (the relevant person) if—

(a) the State has paid an amount under—

(i) the repealed Criminal Offence Victims Act, section 32, for a compensation order made, under section 24 of that Act, against the relevant person; or

(ii) the repealed Criminal Offence Victims Act, section 33, in relation to an act committed by the relevant person; or

(iii) the repealed Criminal Offence Victims Act, section 34, in relation to—

(A) an arrest, or attempted arrest, of the relevant person; or

(B) a prevention, or attempted prevention, of an offence or suspected offence committed by the relevant person; or

(iv) the repealed Criminal Offence Victims Act, section 35, for an offence of murder or manslaughter committed by the relevant person; or

(v) the Criminal Code, repealed chapter 65A, section 663C, in relation to an indictable offence committed by the relevant person; or

(vi) the Criminal Code, repealed chapter 65A, section 663D, in relation to—

(A) an arrest, or attempted arrest, of the relevant person; or

(B) a prevention, or attempted prevention, of an offence or suspected offence committed by the relevant person; or

(D) an indictable offence allegedly committed by the relevant person; and

(b) the State has not recovered the amount in full from any person.

(1A) In subsection (1)—

(a) a reference to the repealed Criminal Offence Victims Act is a reference to the Criminal Offence Victims Act 1995 , as in force from time to time before its repeal, and includes that Act as it continues to apply under the Victims of Crime Assistance Act, chapter 6, part 2; and

(b) a reference to the Criminal Code, repealed chapter 65A is a reference to the Criminal Code, chapter 65A, as in force from time to time before its repeal, and includes that chapter as it continued to apply under the repealed Criminal Offence Victims Act 1995 , section 46 (2) or continues to apply under the Victims of Crime Assistance Act, chapter 6, part 2.

(1B) The chief executive of the department in which the Victims of Crime Assistance Act is administered has, for the State, a claim (entity claim) against a person in relation to whom relevant money is awarded (the relevant person) if—

(a) an amount is payable by the relevant person to the State under the Victims of Crime Assistance Act, section 117 (4); and

(b) the State has not recovered the amount in full from any person.

(2) The SPER registrar has a claim (also an entity claim) against a person in relation to whom relevant money is awarded (the relevant person) if—

(a) an amount is payable by the relevant person to SPER under the State Penalties Enforcement Act 1999 or another Act; and

(b) SPER has not recovered the amount in full from any person.

(3) The child support registrar has a claim (also an entity claim) against a person in relation to whom relevant money is awarded (the relevant person) if—

(a) the relevant person owes a child support debt to the Commonwealth; and

(b) the Commonwealth has not recovered the debt in full from any person.

(4) In this section— child support debt means—

(a) an amount that is a debt due to the Commonwealth under the Child Support (Registration and Collection) Act 1988 (Cwlth), section 30; or

(b) any amount payable as a penalty on an amount mentioned in paragraph (a) under the Child Support (Registration and Collection) Act 1988 (Cwlth), section 67.

Note— The chief executive of the department in which the Victims of Crime Assistance Act is administered, the SPER registrar and the child support registrar are all collection entities for this part. See section 319J. s 319Z ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 amd 2009 No. 35 s 199 319ZA Notice to collection entities of establishment of victim trust fund The chief executive must, within 1 month after relevant money is awarded in relation to a person (the relevant person), give each collection entity a written notice stating—

(a) the name of the relevant person; and

(b) that there is a victim trust fund; and

(c) that the collection entity may have an entity claim against the relevant person and that the claim may be payable from the victim trust fund; and

(d) that the public trustee will notify the collection entity under section 319ZB if there is an amount left in the victim trust fund available for paying eligible entity claims.

s 319ZA ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZB Notice to collection entities if amount left in victim trust fund (1) The public trustee must work out the amount, if any, left in a victim trust fund that is available under section 319ZD for paying eligible entity claims at the following time—

(a) generally—within 1 month after paying under section 319Y all awards made on eligible victim claims;

(b) if the public trustee has received a notice from the chief executive under section 319U (5)—within 1 month after receiving the notice.

(2) If there is an amount left in the victim trust fund that is available under section 319ZD for paying eligible entity claims, the public trustee must, within 1 month after working out the amount, give each collection entity a written notice stating—

(a) the name of the person in relation to whom relevant money was awarded (the relevant person); and

(b) the amount left in the victim trust fund; and

(c) that the collection entity may have an entity claim against the relevant person and that the claim may be payable from the victim trust fund; and

(d) the period within which the collection entity must notify an amount of an entity claim to the public trustee to have an eligible entity claim against the relevant person; and

(e) the other steps the collection entity must take for the collection entity to have an eligible entity claim against the relevant person.

s 319ZB ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZC Notifying entity claims (1) This section applies if a collection entity has an entity claim against a person in relation to whom relevant money was awarded (the relevant person). (2) The collection entity may notify the public trustee of the entity claim by giving the public trustee—

(a) written notice of the amount of the entity claim within 1 month after the collection entity is notified under section 319ZB (2); and

(b) evidence of the entity claim that reasonably satisfies the public trustee that—

(i) the relevant person is liable for the entity claim; and

(ii) the amount notified is accurate.

(3) An entity claim notified to the public trustee as mentioned in subsection (2) is an eligible entity claim. (4) The public trustee may reject an entity claim if the collection entity fails to comply with a request for evidence under subsection (2) (b) without reasonable excuse. (5) The public trustee must give a copy of the written notice or the evidence received under subsection (2) to the chief executive within 14 days after receiving the notice or the evidence. s 319ZC ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 amd 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch 319ZD Payment of eligible entity claims from victim trust fund (1) The public trustee must pay from the amount left in a victim trust fund, after paying under section 319Y all awards made on eligible victim claims in relation to the victim trust fund, the amount of any eligible entity claim against the person in relation to whom relevant money was awarded (the relevant person). Note— See also section 319ZK. (2) The payment must be made within 3 months after giving notice under section 319ZB (2). (3) The public trustee must pay the amount of any eligible entity claims in the following order to the extent of the amount left in the victim trust fund—

(a) eligible entity claims notified by the chief executive of the department in which the Victims of Crime Assistance Act is administered;

(b) eligible entity claims notified by the SPER registrar;

(4) An eligible entity claim, to the extent of any payment of an amount of the claim under this section—

(a) is discharged; and

(b) can not be enforced against the relevant person or any other person.

s 319ZD ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 amd 2009 No. 35 s 200 Subdivision 3 Payments to offender sdiv 3 (ss 319ZE–319ZF) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZE Payment to offender of victim trust fund surplus (1) The public trustee must, within 1 month after complying with 319ZD in relation to a victim trust fund, work out the amount, if any, left in the victim trust fund. (2) If there is an amount left in the victim trust fund, the public trustee must, within 1 month after working out the amount—

(a) if the person in relation to whom the relevant money was awarded is a prisoner—pay the amount to the chief executive for payment into the person’s account in the prisoners trust fund under section 311; or

(b) if the person in relation to whom the relevant money was awarded is not a prisoner—pay the amount to or at the direction of the person. Note— See also section 319ZK.

sdiv 3 (ss 319ZE–319ZF) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZF Payment to offender if no victim claims or entity claims against offender (1) This section applies if the public trustee is not notified under section 319ZC of the amount of any entity claim in relation to a victim trust fund. (2) The public trustee must pay the amount of the victim trust fund to the person in relation to whom the relevant money was awarded within 2 months after giving notice under section 319ZB (2). Note— See also section 319ZK. sdiv 3 (ss 319ZE–319ZF) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 5 Amounts not included in victim trust fund div 5 (ss 319ZG–319ZJ) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZG Exception for future medical expenses Divisions 2 to 4 do not apply to an amount that is identified in an award of relevant money or an agreement about relevant money as being payable by a protected defendant as damages for future medical expenses. div 5 (ss 319ZG–319ZJ) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZH Exception for legal costs (1) Divisions 2 to 4 do not apply to an amount that is payable by a protected defendant as legal costs—

(a) under an order for costs made by a court or tribunal against the protected defendant; or

(b) under an agreement about relevant money between the protected defendant and the person in relation to whom the relevant money was awarded (the relevant person); or

(c) for an award of relevant money against the protected defendant that is inclusive of costs, that is reasonably attributable to the legal costs of the relevant person.

(2) The amount reasonably attributable to the legal costs mentioned in subsection (1) (c) is the reasonable amount—

(a) decided by the protected defendant on the basis of a bill for the costs given to the protected defendant by the legal practitioner concerned; and

(b) notified by the protected defendant to the relevant person.

(3) If the relevant person, by written notice to the protected defendant, disputes the protected defendant’s decision, the protected defendant must apply for the assessment of the costs under the Legal Profession Act 2007. (4) The assessment must be conducted as if the protected defendant were liable to pay the costs as a result of an order for the payment of an unstated amount of costs made by a court. (5) The costs of the assessment are payable—

(a) if the amount of costs fixed by the costs assessor is at least 10% more than the amount decided by the protected defendant—by the protected defendant; or

(b) otherwise—from the victim trust fund, in priority to all other payments from the fund.

(6) In this section— legal costs means amounts that a person has been or may be charged by, or is or may become liable to pay to, a law practice for the provision of legal services including interest on the amounts, and disbursements and interest on disbursements. div 5 (ss 319ZG–319ZJ) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZI Orders in relation to relevant money (1) This section applies if a court or tribunal makes an award of compensation or an award of damages in relation to a person. (2) The court or tribunal must make all necessary orders to ensure that an amount mentioned in section 319ZG or 319ZH is not held in a victim trust fund. div 5 (ss 319ZG–319ZJ) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZJ Agreements in relation to relevant money (1) This section applies if a protected defendant enters into an agreement about relevant money with the person in relation to whom the relevant money was awarded. (2) The agreement contains an implied term that an amount mentioned in section 319ZG or 319ZH is not held in a victim trust fund. div 5 (ss 319ZG–319ZJ) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Division 6 Miscellaneous div 6 (ss 319ZK–319ZL) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZK Amounts payable to public trustee for performance of functions (1) This section applies to any amounts payable under the Public Trustee Act 1978 from a victim trust fund to the public trustee for the performance of its functions under this part. (2) The amounts must be paid to the public trustee from the victim trust fund before paying any of the following amounts under this part—

(a) an award on an eligible victim claim under section 319Y;

(b) an amount of an eligible entity claim under section 319ZD;

Note— See section 319ZH (5) (b). div 6 (ss 319ZK–319ZL) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 319ZL Maximum legal costs of victim claims (1) The maximum amount of legal costs, inclusive of GST, that a legal practitioner may charge and recover from a client for work done relating to a victim claim that may be payable from a victim trust fund is—

(a) if the amount recovered on the claim is $100,000 or less—20% of the amount recovered or $10,000 whichever is greater; or

(b) if the amount recovered on the claim is more than $100,000 but not more than $250,000—18% of the amount recovered or $20,000 whichever is greater; or

(c) if the amount recovered on the claim is more than $250,000 but not more than $500,000—16% of the amount recovered or $45,000 whichever is greater; or

(d) if the amount recovered on the claim is more than $500,000—15% of the amount recovered or $80,000 whichever is greater.

(2) This section applies despite any other Act providing for the assessment or payment of legal costs. (3) In this section— amount recovered, on a claim, means the full amount of the damages awarded and not just the amount of the award paid from a victim trust fund. legal costs means amounts that a person has been or may be charged by, or is or may become liable to pay to, a law practice for the provision of legal services including interest on the amounts, but not including disbursements or interest on disbursements. div 6 (ss 319ZK–319ZL) ins 2008 No. 53 s 4 Part 13 Information Division 1 Releasing information to eligible persons 320 Eligible persons register (1) The chief executive must keep a register of persons who are eligible to receive information under section 325 (prisoner information) about—

(a) a prisoner who has been sentenced to a period of imprisonment for an offence of violence or a sexual offence; or

(b) a supervised dangerous prisoner (sexual offender).

(2) The following persons may apply, in the approved form, to be registered as an eligible person—

(a) the actual victim of the offence (the victim);

(b) if the victim is deceased, an immediate family member of the deceased victim;

(d) another person who—

(i) gives the chief executive documentary evidence, to the chief executive’s satisfaction, of the prisoner’s history of violence against the person; or Example— a domestic violence order under the Domestic and Family Violence Protection Act 1989

(ii) satisfies the chief executive that the person’s life or physical safety could reasonably be expected to be endangered because of a connection between the person and the offence.

(3) The application must be accompanied by documentary evidence satisfying the chief executive of the applicant’s identity. (4) The applicant may nominate an entity to receive the prisoner information for the applicant. Example of entity— a victims’ support agency (5) In this section— offence of violence means an offence in which the victim suffers actual or threatened violence. s 320 amd 2009 No. 30 s 36 321 Declaration must be signed by applicant or nominee The applicant or, if the applicant nominated an entity under section 320 (4), the nominee must sign a declaration stating that the applicant or nominee will not disclose, for public dissemination, any prisoner information released to the applicant or nominee under this division. 322 Application by child If the applicant is a child, the chief executive must, before registering the child as an eligible person—

(a) give the child information about registering; and Example— how to register and how the child’s details may be removed from the register

(b) tell the child that the child’s parent or guardian may register to receive the prisoner information for the child.

323 Deciding application (1) The chief executive may grant the application if the chief executive is satisfied the applicant is eligible under section 320 (2) to make the application. (2) However, the chief executive may refuse the application if the chief executive reasonably believes releasing prisoner information to the applicant may endanger—

(a) the security of any corrective services facility; or

(b) the safe custody or welfare of any prisoner; or

Example— Releasing prisoner information to a victim who is also a prisoner may endanger the safe custody or welfare of the prisoner who committed the offence. (3) Also, the chief executive may only grant an application by a child if the child’s registration on the register is in the child’s best interests. (4) If the child is a child in care, the chief executive must consult with the child protection chief executive in deciding what is in the child’s best interests. 324 Removing details from eligible persons register (1) The chief executive must remove an eligible person’s details from the eligible persons register—

(a) when the prisoner in relation to whom the person is registered—

(i) is discharged; or Note— A prisoner is discharged when the prisoner is unconditionally released from lawful custody.

(ii) if the prisoner is released subject to a relevant order—stops being subject to a relevant order; or

(iii) dies in custody; or

(iv) is transferred to another jurisdiction; or

(b) if the prisoner’s conviction in relation to which the person is registered is overturned; or

(2) The chief executive may remove an eligible person’s details from the register if—

(a) the chief executive reasonably considers the person’s continued registration may endanger—

(i) the security of a corrective services facility; or

(ii) the safe custody or welfare of a prisoner; or

(iii) the safety or welfare of someone else; or

(b) the eligible person discloses, for public dissemination, any prisoner information released to the person under this division.

(3) The chief executive may also remove an eligible person’s details from the register if the chief executive is unable, after making reasonable efforts, to contact the eligible person. (4) In this section— details, of an eligible person, includes details of any entity nominated to receive prisoner information for the eligible person. relevant order means—

(a) a supervision order or interim supervision order under the Dangerous Prisoners (Sexual Offenders) Act 2003 ; or

(b) a probation order.

s 324 amd 2009 No. 30 s 37 325 Releasing information (1) To the extent the chief executive reasonably considers it appropriate, the chief executive may release information about a prisoner to an eligible person, including, for example, information about the following—

(a) the prisoner’s current location;

(b) the prisoner’s security classification;

(d) the prisoner’s eligibility dates for discharge or release;

(e) the prisoner’s date of discharge or release;

(f) the results of the prisoner’s applications for parole orders;

(g) the death or escape of, or other exceptional events relating to, the prisoner.

(2) If the eligible person nominated an entity under section 320 (4) to receive the information, the chief executive may give the information to the nominee. Division 2 Criminal history of relevant person Subdivision 1 Preliminary 326 Purpose of div 2 (1) The purpose of this division is to ensure the chief executive has all the relevant information the chief executive needs to assess a person’s suitability to be, or continue to be, a relevant person. (2) The purpose is achieved mainly by providing for the chief executive to obtain the criminal history of, and other information about, the relevant person. 327 Definitions for div 2 In this division— charge, of an offence, means a charge in any form, including, for example, the following—

(a) a charge on an arrest;

(b) a notice to appear served under the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 382;

(d) a charge by a court under the Justices Act 1886 , section 42 (1A) or another provision of an Act;

(e) an indictment.

def charge amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) relevant person—

(a) means any one of the following—

(i) a person performing a function under this Act;

(ii) a staff member;

(iii) an applicant seeking—

(A) to be engaged by the department; or

(B) a position as a staff member; and

(b) for subdivision 3—includes a visitor, other than an accredited visitor.

328 Relationship with Criminal Law (Rehabilitation of Offenders) Act 1986 This division applies to a person despite anything in the Criminal Law (Rehabilitation of Offenders) Act 1986 . 329 Chief executive must advise of duties of disclosure etc. Before a person becomes a relevant person, the chief executive must tell the person—

(a) of the person’s duties of disclosure as a relevant person under this division; and

(b) that the chief executive may, under section 334, obtain information about the person; and

(c) that guidelines for dealing with information obtained by the chief executive under this division are available from the chief executive on request.

Subdivision 2 Disclosure of criminal history 330 Person seeking to be a relevant person must disclose criminal history A person seeking to be a relevant person must disclose to the chief executive, before becoming a relevant person—

(a) whether or not the person has a criminal history; and

(b) if the person has a criminal history, the person’s complete criminal history.

331 Relevant person must disclose changes in criminal history (1) If there is a change in the criminal history of a relevant person, the person must immediately disclose the details of the change to the chief executive. (2) For a relevant person who does not have a criminal history, there is taken to be a change in the person’s criminal history if the person acquires a criminal history. 332 Requirements for disclosure (1) To comply with section 330 or 331, a person must give the chief executive a disclosure in the approved form. (2) The information disclosed in the approved form by the person about a conviction or charge of an offence in the person’s criminal history must include—

(a) the existence of the conviction or charge; and

(b) when the offence was committed or alleged to have been committed; and

(d) for a conviction—whether or not a conviction was recorded and the sentence imposed on the person.

333 False, misleading or incomplete disclosure or failure to disclose (1) A person must not—

(a) give the chief executive an approved form under section 332 that is false, misleading or incomplete in a material particular; or

(b) fail to give the chief executive a disclosure as required under section 330, unless the person has a reasonable excuse.

Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (2) Subsection (1) (a) does not apply to a person in relation to particular information that the person is unable to provide if the person—

(a) indicates in the approved form the information that the person is unable to provide; and

(b) otherwise gives the information in the approved form to the best of the person’s ability.

(3) In a proceeding for an offence against subsection (1) (a), it is enough for a charge to state that the disclosure was, without specifying which, false or misleading. Subdivision 3 Chief executive may obtain criminal information from other entities about criminal history and particular investigations 334 Chief executive may obtain report from commissioner of police service (1) This section applies to a person who—

(a) is a relevant person; or

(b) seeks to become a relevant person and has given the chief executive an approved form under section 332.

(2) The chief executive may ask the commissioner to give the chief executive the following information about the person—

(a) a written report about the person’s criminal history;

(b) a brief description of the circumstances of a conviction or charge mentioned in the person’s criminal history;

(c) for a relevant person other than a visitor—information about an investigation relating to the possible commission of a serious offence by the person.

(3) Subject to subsections (4) and (5), the commissioner must comply with the request. (4) The duty imposed on the commissioner to comply with the request—

(a) applies only to information in the commissioner’s possession or to which the commissioner has access; and

(b) in relation to information mentioned in subsection (2) (c)—applies only to information recorded on a central electronic database kept by the commissioner.

(5) The commissioner must not give information about an investigation relating to the possible commission of a serious offence by the person if—

(a) the commissioner is reasonably satisfied that giving the information—

(i) may prejudice or otherwise hinder an investigation to which the information may be relevant; or

(ii) may lead to the identification of an informant; or

(iii) may affect the safety of a police officer, complainant or other person; or

(b) for an investigation that has been completed—the investigation has not led, and the commissioner is reasonably satisfied it is unlikely to lead, to a reasonable suspicion that the person committed a serious offence; or

(c) for an investigation that has not been completed—the commissioner is reasonably satisfied the investigation is unlikely to lead to a reasonable suspicion that the person committed a serious offence.

335 Prosecuting authority to notify chief executive about committal, conviction etc. (1) This section applies if a person, other than a visitor, is charged with an indictable offence and the commissioner or the director of public prosecutions (a prosecuting authority) is aware that the person is a relevant person. (2) If the person is committed by a court for trial for an indictable offence, the prosecuting authority must, within 7 days after the committal, give written notice to the chief executive of the following—

(a) the person’s name;

(b) the court;

(d) the date of the committal;

(e) the court to which the person was committed.

(3) If the person is convicted before a court of an indictable offence, the prosecuting authority must, within 7 days after the conviction, give written notice to the chief executive of the following—

(a) the person’s name;

(b) the court;

(d) the date of the conviction;

(e) the sentence imposed by the court.

(4) If the person is convicted of an indictable offence, and has appealed the conviction, and the appeal is finally decided or has otherwise ended, the prosecuting authority must, within 7 days after the decision or the day the appeal otherwise ends, give written notice to the chief executive of the following—

(a) the person’s name;

(b) particulars of the offence;

(d) if the appeal was decided—

(i) the court in which it was decided; and

(ii) particulars of the decision.

(5) If the prosecution process ends without the person being convicted of an indictable offence, the prosecuting authority must, within 7 days after the end, give written notice to the chief executive about the following—

(a) the person’s name;

(b) if relevant, the court in which the prosecution process ended;

(d) the date the prosecution process ended.

(6) For subsection (5), a prosecution process ends if—

(a) an indictment is presented against the person and—

(i) a nolle prosequi is entered on the indictment; or

(ii) the person is acquitted; or

(b) the prosecution process has otherwise ended.

(7) A reference in this section to a conviction of an indictable offence includes a summary conviction of an indictable offence. Subdivision 4 Control on use of information about criminal history and particular investigations 336 Use of information obtained under this division (1) This section applies to the chief executive in considering information about a person received under this division. (2) The information must not be used for any purpose other than assessing the person’s suitability to be, or continue to be, a relevant person. (3) When making the assessment, the chief executive must have regard to the following matters relating to information about the commission, or alleged or possible commission, of an offence by the person—

(a) when the offence was committed, is alleged to have been committed or may possibly have been committed;

(b) the nature of the offence and its relevance to—

(i) for a person mentioned in section 327, definition relevant person, paragraph (a)(i), (ii) or (iii)—the person’s proposed duties or duties under this Act; or

(ii) for a person mentioned in section 327, definition relevant person, paragraph (b)—any risk posed by the person to the security or good order of a corrective services facility;

337 Person to be advised of information obtained (1) This section applies to information obtained by the chief executive about a person, under this division, from the commissioner. (2) Before using the information to assess the person’s suitability to be, or continue to be, a relevant person, the chief executive must—

(a) disclose the information to the person; and

(b) allow the person a reasonable opportunity to make representations to the chief executive about the information.

338 Reconsidering decision (1) This section applies if the chief executive decides that a person is not suitable to be, or continue to be, a relevant person. (2) The person may, within 7 days after being given notice of the decision, apply in writing to the chief executive for a reconsideration of the decision. (3) After reconsidering the decision, the chief executive may confirm or change the decision. 339 Confidentiality (1) This section applies to a person who—

(a) is, or has been, a public service employee in the department or a selection panel member; and

(b) in that capacity acquired information, or gained access to a document, under this division about someone else’s criminal history or about an investigation relating to the possible commission of a serious offence by someone else.

(2) The person must not disclose the information, or give access to the document, to anyone else. Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (3) Subsection (2) does not apply to the disclosure of information, or giving of access to a document, about a person—

(a) to a public service employee in the department, or a selection panel member, for the purpose of assessing the person’s suitability to be, or continue to be, a relevant person; or

(b) with the person’s consent; or

(4) In this section— selection panel member means a member of a panel formed to make a recommendation to the chief executive about a person becoming, or being promoted as, a relevant person. 340 Guidelines for dealing with information (1) The chief executive must make guidelines, consistent with this Act, for dealing with information obtained by the chief executive under this division. (2) The purpose of the guidelines is to ensure—

(a) natural justice is afforded to the persons about whom the information is obtained; and

(b) only relevant information is used in assessing the persons’ suitability to be, or continue to be, relevant persons; and

(3) The chief executive must give a copy of the guidelines, on request, to a person seeking to become a relevant person. Division 3 Other provisions about information 341 Confidential information (1) This section applies to either of the following (each of whom is an informed person)—

(a) a person who is performing or has performed a function under this Act or any of the repealed Acts, or is or was otherwise engaged in the administration of this Act or any of the repealed Acts;

(b) a person who has obtained access to confidential information, whether before or after the commencement of this section and whether directly or indirectly, from a person mentioned in paragraph (a).

(2) The informed person must not disclose confidential information acquired by the informed person to anyone else other than under subsection (3). Maximum penalty—100 penalty units or 2 years imprisonment. (3) The informed person may disclose confidential information—

(a) for the purposes of this Act; or

(b) to discharge a function under another law or if it is otherwise authorised under another law; or

(c) for a proceeding in a court, if the informed person is required to do so by order of the court or otherwise by law; or

(d) for confidential information that consists of a person’s private details—if authorised by the person to whom the information relates; or

(e) if authorised by the chief executive because—

(i) a person’s life or physical safety could otherwise reasonably be expected to be endangered; or

(ii) it is otherwise in the public interest; or

(f) if the information merely informs someone—

(i) of the corrective services facility in which a prisoner is being held in custody; or

(ii) for an offender who is subject to a parole order or a community based order—that the offender is subject to the order.

(4) In this section— confidential information—

(a) includes information—

(i) about a person’s private details; or

(ii) that could reasonably be expected to pose a risk to the security or good order of a corrective services facility; or

(iii) that could reasonably be expected to endanger anyone’s life or health, including psychological health; or

(iv) that could reasonably be expected to prejudice the effectiveness of a test or audit; or

(v) that could reasonably be expected to divulge the identity of an informant or a confidential source of information; or

(vi) that could reasonably be expected to disclose an expert’s advice or recommendation about an offender; or

(vii) that could reasonably be expected to prejudice a law enforcement agency’s investigation; or

(viii) that could have a serious adverse effect on the commercial interests, or reveal commercial-in-confidence interests, of an engaged service provider; but

(b) does not include—

(i) information already disclosed to the general public, unless further disclosure of the information is prohibited by law; or

(ii) statistical or other information that could not reasonably be expected to result in the identification of the person to whom the information relates.

private details of a person includes the person’s identity, private residential address or contact details. 342 Commissioner to provide offender’s criminal history (1) The chief executive may ask the commissioner to give the chief executive, for use under this Act and the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , a report about the criminal history of an offender. (2) The commissioner must give the chief executive a written report about the criminal history that—

(a) is in the commissioner’s possession; or

(b) the commissioner can access through arrangements with the police service of another State.

(3) The chief executive may give information in the report to—

(a) the person in charge of an institution (including in another State) to which a prisoner is, or is to be, transferred under an Act; or

(b) a designated authority under the Parole Orders (Transfer) Act 1984 , section 7 (1); or

(d) a parole board.

(4) The information in the report may include a reference to, or a disclosure of, a conviction referred to in the Criminal Law (Rehabilitation of Offenders) Act 1986 , section 6. 343 Traffic history (1) The chief executive may ask the transport chief executive to give the chief executive a report about an offender’s traffic history for use under this Act and the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . (2) The transport chief executive must give the chief executive a written report about the traffic history that—

(a) is in the transport chief executive’s possession; or

(b) the transport chief executive can access through arrangements with a government department of another State.

(3) The chief executive may give information in the report to—

(a) the person in charge of an institution (including in another State) to which a prisoner is, or is to be, transferred under an Act; or

(b) a designated authority under the Parole Orders (Transfer) Act 1984 , section 7 (1); or

(d) a parole board.

(4) The information in the report may include a reference to, or a disclosure of, a conviction referred to in the Criminal Law (Rehabilitation of Offenders) Act 1986 , section 6. (5) In this section— traffic history of an offender means the offender’s traffic history under the Transport Operations (Road Use Management) Act 1995 . transport chief executive means the chief executive of the department in which the Transport Operations (Road Use Management) Act 1995 is administered. 344 Pre-sentence report (1) When required to do so by a court, the chief executive must prepare a pre-sentence report for the court about a stated person convicted of an offence. (2) A pre-sentence report may, for example, state the person’s criminal or traffic history obtained under section 342 or 343. (3) If the court proposes to grant bail to the person, the court must order the person to report to the chief executive within a stated time. (4) The pre-sentence report must be—

(a) given to the court within 28 days; and

(b) if the report is in writing, given in triplicate.

(5) The court must give a copy of a pre-sentence report to—

(a) the prosecution; and

(b) the convicted person’s lawyers.

(6) The court must ensure the prosecution and lawyers have sufficient time before the proceedings to consider and respond to the report. (7) The court may order that the report, or part of the report, not be shown to the convicted person. (8) The copy of the report must be returned to the court before the end of the proceedings. (9) A report purporting to be a pre-sentence report made by the chief executive is evidence of the matters contained in it. (10) An objection must not be taken or allowed to the evidence on the ground that it is hearsay. 344AA Commissioner may provide information about particular offender’s participation in criminal organisation (1) The chief executive may ask the commissioner whether an offender is an identified participant in a criminal organisation. (2) The commissioner must give the chief executive the requested advice. (3) The chief executive may use the requested advice only for managing the offender in a corrective services facility or supervising the offender in the community, including—

(a) making a criminal organisation segregation order for the offender; and

(b) if the offender is subject to a parole order or community based order—

(i) deciding whether to order a corrective services officer to give the offender a direction under section 267A; or

(ii) requiring the offender to give a test sample under section 41.

(4) Subsections (5) and (6) apply if the commissioner advises the chief executive that the offender is identified as an identified participant in a criminal organisation. (5) The chief executive must ask the commissioner for information about whether the offender is still an identified participant in a criminal organisation—

(a) if the chief executive reasonably believes the offender may no longer be a participant in a criminal organisation—as soon as practicable after forming the belief; or Example of when the chief executive may reasonably believe the offender is no longer a participant in a criminal organisation— the offender gives the chief executive evidence that the offender is not a participant in a criminal organisation

(b) in any case—at intervals of not more than 6 months after the commissioner gives the advice under subsection (2).

(6) The commissioner must give the chief executive the advice requested under subsection (5). s 344AA ins 2013 No. 64 s 17 Part 13A Use of dangerous drugs for training pt hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 Division 1 Preliminary div 1 (ss 344A–344B) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344A Object of pt 13A (1) The object of this part is to ensure training in the department about dangerous drugs is realistic and effective. (2) The object is to be achieved by putting in place arrangements—

(a) to allow the department to have access to dangerous drugs for training purposes; and

(b) to ensure dangerous drugs in the possession of the department for training purposes—

(i) are carefully handled to ensure their effectiveness for training purposes is not compromised; and

(ii) are subject to strict tracking and accountability requirements.

div 1 (ss 344A–344B) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344B Definitions for pt 13A In this part— agency arrangement means an arrangement, or series of arrangements, between the chief executive and the chief executive officer, by whatever name known, of a department or other agency of the State or the Commonwealth (the other agency) providing for the following—

(a) the transfer of possession of a batch of a dangerous drug from the possession of the other agency into the possession of the department;

(b) that the batch of the dangerous drug is to be used for training in the department;

(d) what is to be done with the batch of the dangerous drug at the end of the training;

(e) anything else the parties to the arrangement consider appropriate.

Example of an agency arrangement made up of a series of arrangements— A first arrangement between the chief executive and an agency could establish basic principles to govern the supply of dangerous drugs to the chief executive for training purposes. A second arrangement between the chief executive and the agency could establish particular procedures to be followed for transferring particular types of dangerous drugs between the department and the agency subject to the basic principles established in the first arrangement. A third arrangement between the chief executive and the agency could provide for the special circumstances applying to a batch of one of the particular types of dangerous drugs mentioned in the second arrangement. For the batch mentioned in the third arrangement, the agency arrangement may be ascertained from a reading of all 3 arrangements. dangerous drug see the Drugs Misuse Act 1986 , section 4. drug control direction means a direction of the chief executive—

(a) authorising—

(i) the keeping of a batch of a dangerous drug; and

(ii) the use of the batch in training in the department; and

(b) stating the conditions under which the keeping and use of the batch of the dangerous drug is authorised.

drug control officer means a person holding an appointment under division 2 as a drug control officer. drug vault means a secure facility suitable for the storage of dangerous drugs in the possession of the department for training purposes under the authority of a drug control direction. register of dangerous drugs for training means the register of dangerous drugs for training kept under section 344M. secure facility means a facility that is secure against unauthorised entry. div 1 (ss 344A–344B) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 Division 2 Drug control officers div 2 (ss 344C–344H) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344C Appointment and qualifications (1) The chief executive may appoint a corrective services officer as a drug control officer. (2) However, the chief executive may appoint a corrective services officer as a drug control officer only if—

(a) the chief executive is satisfied the officer is qualified for appointment because the officer has the necessary expertise or experience; or

(b) the officer has satisfactorily finished training approved by the chief executive.

div 2 (ss 344C–344H) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344D Appointment conditions (1) A drug control officer holds office on any conditions stated in—

(a) the drug control officer’s instrument of appointment; or

(b) a signed notice given to the drug control officer; or

(2) The instrument of appointment, a signed notice given to the drug control officer or a regulation may limit the drug control officer’s powers under this part. (3) In this section— signed notice means a notice signed by the chief executive. div 2 (ss 344C–344H) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344E Issue of identity card (1) The chief executive must issue an identity card to each drug control officer. (2) The identity card must—

(a) contain a recent photo of the drug control officer; and

(b) contain a copy of the drug control officer’s signature; and

(d) state an expiry date for the card.

(3) This section does not prevent the issue of a single identity card to a person for this Act and for other purposes. div 2 (ss 344C–344H) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344F Resignation A drug control officer may resign by signed notice given to the chief executive. div 2 (ss 344C–344H) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344G Return of identity card A person who ceases to be a drug control officer must return the person’s identity card to the chief executive within 21 days after ceasing to be a drug control officer unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—40 penalty units. div 2 (ss 344C–344H) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344H Function and powers of drug control officer (1) A drug control officer has the function of administering and controlling, as required under this part and the conditions on which the drug control officer holds office, the following—

(a) the receiving into the possession of the department of batches of dangerous drugs to be used for training purposes (the batches);

(b) the storage of the batches;

(d) how the batches leave the possession of the department.

(2) A drug control officer has power, within the department, to do all things necessary to be done for the performance of the drug control officer’s function. div 2 (ss 344C–344H) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 Division 3 Keeping and use of dangerous drugs for training div 3 (ss 344I–344L) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344I Keeping dangerous drug for use in department training A batch of a dangerous drug may lawfully be kept in the possession of the department and used for training in the department if—

(a) the keeping of the batch, and its use for training in the department, is authorised under a drug control direction; and

(b) the batch is kept, and used for training, in accordance with the conditions included in the drug control direction.

div 3 (ss 344I–344L) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344J Making drug control direction (1) The chief executive may make a drug control direction for a batch of a dangerous drug. (2) The chief executive may make a drug control direction for a batch of a dangerous drug only if the batch comes into the possession of the department under an agency arrangement. (3) The conditions included in the drug control direction must include the following conditions—

(a) a condition that the batch must be used only for the training purposes stated in the condition; Example of training purposes— training corrective services dogs to detect the presence of dangerous drugs in various situations

(b) a condition that the training for which the batch is used must be of the type, and of the extent, stated in the condition;

(i) be under the effective control of a drug control officer or 1 or more of the corrective services officers identified in the condition; or

(ii) be kept securely in a way stated in the condition;

(d) a condition that, as soon as practicable after the batch is used for training purposes for the last time, the batch must be destroyed or disposed of in the way stated in the condition.

(4) Subsection (3) does not limit the conditions that may be included in the drug control direction. (5) The chief executive must ensure that the department complies with the conditions included in the drug control direction. div 3 (ss 344I–344L) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344K Entering into agency arrangement (1) The chief executive may enter into an agency arrangement. (2) The chief executive may enter into an agency arrangement only if the department or other agency, whose chief executive officer is the other party to the arrangement, is authorised to possess the batch of the dangerous drug the subject of the arrangement. (3) The chief executive must ensure the department complies with the agency arrangement. div 3 (ss 344I–344L) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344L Requirements for keeping of dangerous drugs for training purposes (1) The following requirements apply for the department’s possession of dangerous drugs for training purposes—

(a) each batch of a dangerous drug must be stored in a drug vault;

(b) when a batch of a dangerous drug is received into a drug vault for storage for the first time, it must be accompanied by a document certifying, in a way approved by the chief executive, the weight and purity of the batch;

(c) a drug vault must not be used for storing a dangerous drug that is in the possession of the department other than for training purposes;

(d) a drug vault must be designed and constructed for ensuring, to the greatest practicable extent, that each batch of a dangerous drug stored in it keeps its level of effectiveness for training purposes;

(e) a drug vault must include enough separate storage to ensure that no batch of a dangerous drug stored in the vault can be contaminated by another batch, or can otherwise be made ineffective or less effective for training purposes;

(f) the whole of a batch of a dangerous drug must be stored in a drug vault at all times, except to the extent the batch, or a part of the batch, is required to be held somewhere else for training purposes;

(g) an audit of each drug vault must be conducted at least once every 3 months by a corrective services officer not otherwise directly associated with the keeping or use of dangerous drugs for training purposes;

(h) when a batch of a dangerous drug leaves a drug vault for the last time—

(i) it must be accompanied by a document certifying, in a way approved by the chief executive, the weight and purity of the batch; and

(ii) a copy of the document mentioned in subparagraph (i) must be kept at the drug vault or at another place the chief executive directs.

(2) Without limiting the scope of an audit under subsection (1) (g), the audit must include—

(a) weighing each batch of dangerous drugs in the drug vault to find out whether all quantities of dangerous drugs that should be in the drug vault at the time of the audit are in the vault; and

(b) finding out whether the drug vault is storing any dangerous drugs, or anything else, that should not be stored in the drug vault; and

(c) finding out whether, and to what extent, the purity of any batch of a dangerous drug stored at the drug vault has been adversely affected since it was received into the drug vault; and

(d) a review of the register of dangerous drugs for training.

(3) Without limiting the requirements for an audit under subsection (1) (g), requirements for the audit include the following—

(a) the performance of the audit must be supervised by a corrective services officer who is—

(i) authorised by the chief executive to supervise the performance of the audit; and

(ii) not otherwise directly associated with the keeping or use of dangerous drugs for training purposes;

(b) all batches of dangerous drugs stored in the drug vault must be the subject of analysis by an analyst under the Drugs Misuse Act 1986 ;

(c) the accuracy of the scales used in measuring the weights of batches of dangerous drugs stored in the drug vault must be certified in a way approved by the chief executive.

div 3 (ss 344I–344L) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 Division 4 Register of dangerous drugs for training div 4 (ss 344M–344O) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344M Register of dangerous drugs for training (1) The chief executive must keep a register of dangerous drugs for training. (2) The register may form part of another register whether kept under this or another Act. (3) The chief executive—

(a) subject to subsection (4), may keep the register of dangerous drugs for training in the way the chief executive considers appropriate; and Example for paragraph (a)— The register may be kept on a computer or partly on a computer and partly in written form.

(b) must ensure the register is kept in a secure place.

(4) The register of dangerous drugs for training must be kept in a way that, to the greatest practicable extent, enables a drug control officer, or a corrective services officer performing a lawful function associated with the keeping of dangerous drugs in the possession of the department under this Act, whether or not under this part, to comply with this Act’s requirements. (5) Unless the chief executive otherwise authorises, an entry in the register of dangerous drugs for training may only be made by a drug control officer who is authorised, under the conditions on which the drug control officer holds office, to make the entry. (6) If the chief executive gives a direction under this division restricting access to information included in the register of dangerous drugs for training, a drug control officer authorised to record the information in the register must ensure the information is recorded in a way that, to the greatest practicable extent, stops disclosure of the information to a person not authorised to have access to it. div 4 (ss 344M–344O) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344N Information to be recorded in the register of dangerous drugs for training (1) The following information must be recorded in the register of dangerous drugs for training about each batch of a dangerous drug coming into the possession of the department to be used for training purposes—

(a) the name of the dangerous drug;

(b) a description of the batch;

(d) a description of any container or packaging, and of any other item, used for conveying the batch into the possession of the department;

(e) the weight, in grams, of any container or packaging, and of any other item, used for conveying the batch into the possession of the department;

(f) when the batch was received into the possession of the department;

(g) the purity of the batch, and details of the certification of the purity;

(h) a description of the circumstances in which the batch came into the possession of the department.

(2) The following information must be recorded in the register of dangerous drugs for training about each batch of a dangerous drug in the possession of the department for training purposes if the batch, or part of the batch, is taken from the drug vault where it is stored because it is to be used for training purposes—

(a) when the batch or part of the batch leaves the drug vault;

(b) the nature of the training for which the batch or part of the batch is to be used;

(d) the weight, in grams, of the batch or part of the batch when it leaves the drug vault;

(e) the condition of any container or packaging in which the batch or part of the batch is returned to the drug vault;

(f) the weight, in grams, of the batch or part of the batch when it is returned to the drug vault.

(3) The following information must be recorded in the register of dangerous drugs for training when a batch of a dangerous drug leaves a drug vault for the last time to be disposed of or to be returned to an entity under an agency arrangement—

(a) the weight, in grams, of the batch when it leaves the drug vault;

(b) the weight, in grams, of any container or packaging in which the batch leaves the drug vault.

(4) Recording under subsection (1), (2) or (3) must be performed as close as reasonably practicable to the happening of the event to which the recording relates. div 4 (ss 344M–344O) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 344O Restriction on release of information from register of dangerous drugs for training (1) The chief executive may give a direction restricting access to information recorded in the register of dangerous drugs for training to persons other than—

(a) a drug control officer who reasonably needs the information for the performance of the officer’s function under this part; or

(b) a corrective services officer who reasonably needs the information for conducting or supervising, under this part, an audit of a drug vault; or

(c) another corrective services officer, if the corrective services officer is performing a function associated with the keeping of dangerous drugs in the possession of the department under this Act, whether or not under this part, and reasonably needs the information for the performance of the officer’s function; or

(d) a police officer who reasonably needs the information for the performance of the officer’s functions under an Act; or

(e) a person stated in the direction.

(2) A direction under subsection (1) may restrict access to all information recorded in the register or only to information of a type stated in the direction. (3) The chief executive must keep a written record of the reasons for giving a direction under subsection (1) in each particular case. (4) The chief executive may give a direction under subsection (1), and keep the direction in place, only if the chief executive considers that a failure to give the direction, or to keep the direction in place, may prejudice—

(a) the security of a drug vault; or

(b) the safety of—

(i) a corrective services officer; or

(ii) another person associated with keeping dangerous drugs in the possession of the department for training purposes; or

(iii) a person associated with a person mentioned in subparagraph (i) or (ii).

div 4 (ss 344M–344O) ins 2008 No. 53 s 5 Part 14 Surrender of equipment and identity card 345 Staff members (1) If a person stops being a staff member, the person must return to the issuing entity, as required under subsection (2), a firearm or other weapon issued to the person to perform the person’s duties under this Act, unless the person has a reasonable excuse. Maximum penalty—20 penalty units. (2) The firearm or other weapon must be returned immediately after the person stops being a staff member. (3) Also, if a person stops being a staff member, the person must return the following things to the issuing entity, as required under subsection (4), unless the person has a reasonable excuse—

(a) the person’s identity card;

(b) anything else not mentioned in subsection (1) issued to the person to perform the person’s duties under this Act that the chief executive requires to be returned.

Maximum penalty—10 penalty units. (4) Anything required to be returned under subsection (3) must be returned as soon as practicable, but within 7 days, after the person stops being a staff member. (5) In this section— issuing entity means—

(a) for something issued by the chief executive—the chief executive; or

(b) for something issued by an engaged service provider—the engaged service provider.

Part 15 Legal provisions 346 Royal prerogative of mercy etc. not affected (1) This Act does not affect the royal prerogative of mercy. (2) Subject to the express provisions of this Act, nothing in this Act is to be read as limiting or changing any authority or jurisdiction that a court, judge or justice has under another Act or law. 347 Interpretation of authority for admission to corrective services facility (1) If a question arises about the construction or effect of an authority for admitting a prisoner to a corrective services facility, the chief executive may apply to a Supreme Court judge to interpret the authority. (2) The interpretation is sufficient authority for the chief executive to deal with the person in accordance with the interpretation. (3) An appeal does not lie against the interpretation. (4) In this section— authority, for admitting a person to a corrective services facility, means an authority mentioned in section 9 (1). 348 Execution of warrant by corrective services officer If a court issues a warrant requiring police officers to convey a person before the court to a corrective services facility, a corrective services officer may execute the warrant. 349 Protection from liability (1) An official does not incur civil liability for an act done, or omission made, honestly and without negligence under this Act. (2) A member of a parole board does not incur civil liability for an act done, or omission made honestly, with or without negligence, under this Act. (3) If subsection (1) or (2) prevents a civil liability attaching to an official or member of a parole board, the liability attaches instead to the State. (4) In this section— official—

(a) means—

(i) the Minister; or

(ii) the chief executive; or

(iii) a person, other than a member of a parole board, appointed for this Act; or

(iv) a volunteer; or

(v) a protected defendant mentioned in section 319A, definition protected defendant, paragraph (b) to (e) performing a function under chapter 6, part 12B; or

(vi) the public trustee performing a function under chapter 6, part 12B; or

(vii) an individual employed or engaged by an entity mentioned in subparagraph (v) or (vi) performing a function under chapter 6, part 12B; or

(viii) a person performing a function under section 319U (1); but

(b) does not include an engaged service provider, or person appointed by an engaged service provider, performing a function of a person mentioned in paragraph (a).

s 349 amd 2008 No. 53 s 6 350 Proceedings for offences (1) A proceeding for an offence against this Act, other than an offence under section 122, is a summary proceeding under the Justices Act 1886 . (2) Subject to subsection (3), the proceeding must start—

(a) within 1 year after the offence was committed; or

(b) within 6 months after the offence comes to the complainant’s knowledge, but within 2 years after the offence was committed.

(3) If the proceeding is for an offence under section 28F (1) or (5), it may start at any time but, if started more than 1 year after the commission of the offence, must start within 6 months after the offence comes to the complainant’s knowledge. s 350 amd 2009 No. 30 s 38 350A Confidentiality of criminal intelligence in proceedings (1) This section applies if—

(a) a person seeks a review of a decision of the chief executive to make a COSO or an order under section 267A (3); and

(b) the decision was made as a result of advice given by the commissioner that the person is an identified participant in a criminal organisation.

(2) For a proceeding about the decision in the Supreme Court—

(a) the commissioner is a party to the proceedings; and

(b) the commissioner must give the Supreme Court a statement of reasons about the identification of the person by the commissioner as an identified participant in a criminal organisation.

(3) For a proceeding mentioned in subsection (2), the Supreme Court may—

(a) review the identification by the commissioner of the person as an identified participant in a criminal organisation; and

(b) as it considers appropriate to protect the confidentiality of criminal intelligence—

(i) receive evidence and hear argument about the criminal intelligence in the absence of parties to the proceeding and their representatives; and

(ii) take evidence consisting of criminal intelligence by way of affidavit of a police officer of at least the rank of superintendent.

(4) If the Supreme Court considers information has been incorrectly categorised by the commissioner as criminal intelligence, the commissioner may withdraw the information from consideration by the court. (5) Information that is withdrawn under subsection (4) by the commissioner must not be—

(a) disclosed to any person; or

(b) taken into consideration by the Supreme Court.

(6) In this section— criminal intelligence means—

(a) advice given by the commissioner to the chief executive under section 344AA that a person is a participant in a criminal organisation; and

(b) information held by the commissioner that is relevant to whether the person is an identified participant in a criminal organisation.

s 350A ins 2013 No. 64 s 18 350B Application of Judicial Review Act 1991 (1) The Judicial Review Act 1991 , part 4 does not apply to a decision of the chief executive mentioned in section 350A (1). (2) Subject to this division, unless the Supreme Court decides that a decision of the chief executive mentioned in section 350A (1) is affected by jurisdictional error, the decision—

(a) is final and conclusive; and

(b) can not be challenged, appealed against, reviewed, quashed, set aside or called in question in any other way, under the Judicial Review Act 1991 or otherwise (whether by the Supreme Court, another court, a tribunal or another entity); and

(c) is not subject to any declaratory, injunctive or other order of the Supreme Court, another court, a tribunal or another entity on any ground.

(3) The Judicial Review Act 1991 , part 5 applies to a decision mentioned in subsection (2) to the extent it is affected by jurisdictional error. s 350B ins 2013 No. 64 s 18 351 Evidentiary aids (1) This section applies to a proceeding under an Act. (2) It is not necessary to prove the appointment of an appointed person or the power of an appointed person to do something, unless a party to the proceeding, by reasonable notice of at least 7 days, requires proof. (3) A certificate purporting to be signed by the chief executive stating any of the following matters is evidence of the matter—

(a) a person’s appointment as an appointed person was, or was not, in force on a stated day or during a stated period;

(b) a person is, or was on a stated day or during a stated period, a prisoner;

(d) a stated place is, or was on a stated day or during a stated period, a corrective services facility;

(e) a stated approval is, or was on a stated day or during a stated period, in force;

(f) a stated document is a copy of a document made under this Act, one of the repealed Acts or the Prisons Act 1958 ;

(g) the contents of a stated substance that was tested by a stated analyst within the meaning of the Health Act 1937 ;

(h) a stated thing is, or was on a stated day or during a stated period—

(i) property that is part of a corrective services facility; or

(ii) other property of the State;

(i) approval was not given for a stated act or omission that is alleged to have happened.

(4) A certificate signed by the secretary of a parole board recording a decision of the board is evidence of the matter. (5) A signature purporting to be the signature of an appointed person is evidence of the person’s signature. (6) In a complaint starting the proceeding, a statement that the offence in the complaint came to the complainant’s knowledge on a stated day is evidence of the matter. (7) In this section— appointed person means—

(a) the chief executive; or

(b) a corrective services officer; or

(d) an official visitor; or

(e) the chief inspector; or

(f) an inspector; or

(g) a doctor; or

(h) a police officer; or

(i) a community service supervisor.

Part 16 Miscellaneous 352 Review of Act The Minister must review the efficacy and efficiency of this Act within 7 years after its commencement. 353 Exemption from tolls A vehicle being used to transport prisoners is exempt from payment of a toll for the use of a road, bridge or ferry. 354 Approved forms (1) The chief executive may approve forms for use under this Act. (2) If there is an approved form for an order or instrument made or granted under this Act, the order or instrument must be in the approved form. 355 Regulation-making power (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations under this Act. (2) Without limiting subsection (1), a regulation may—

(a) prescribe offences for a contravention of a regulation and fix a maximum penalty of not more than 20 penalty units for a contravention; or

(b) prescribe fees payable under this Act.

Chapter 7 Transitional and other provisions for Corrective Services Act 2006 Part 1 Preliminary 356 Definitions for ch 7 In this chapter— 2000 Act means the Corrective Services Act 2000 . applied discipline procedure see section 406 (2). commencement means the commencement of this section. previous, if followed by a provision number, means the provision under the 2000 Act. 357 Continued actions or things to be read with necessary changes (1) This section applies if—

(a) an action was done or something was brought into existence under a provision of the 2000 Act (the previous action or thing); and

(b) a provision of this chapter provides that the previous action or thing continues in force or existence, or continues to have effect, and is taken to be an action or thing under this Act or a provision of this Act. Examples—

• section 381 (2)

• section 443 (2)

(2) The previous action or thing is to be read with, or continued in force with, the changes necessary—

(a) to make it consistent with this Act; and

(b) to adapt its operation to this Act.

(3) Subsection (2) does not prevent the provision of this chapter providing for other matters in relation to the action or thing. (4) Also, the previous action or thing may be amended, repealed or revoked under this Act. Part 2 Prisoners and other persons in custody Division 1 Custody and admission 358 Where persons to be detained (1) This section applies to a person who—

(a) before the commencement, was sentenced to a period of imprisonment or required by law to be detained for a period; and

(b) immediately before the commencement was detained in a corrective services facility.

(2) Subject to this Act, the person must continue to be detained. (3) However, if the person was detained in a watch house under previous section 6 (2) (b), subsection (2) does not prevent the person being taken to a corrective services facility. (4) This section is also subject to the Acts, and provisions of Acts, mentioned in section 6 (3). 359 When persons in chief executive’s custody (1) A person who, under the 2000 Act, was in the chief executive’s custody immediately before the commencement continues to be in the chief executive’s custody, subject to this Act. Note— See, for example, previous section 7. (2) Subsection (1) does not prevent the application of a provision of this Act providing for when a person is in another person’s custody. 360 When persons in commissioner’s custody (1) A person who, under the 2000 Act, was in the commissioner’s custody immediately before the commencement continues to be in the commissioner’s custody, subject to this Act. Note— See, for example, previous section 8. (2) Subsection (1) does not prevent the application of a provision of this Act providing for when a person is in another person’s custody. 361 Authority for admission to corrective services facility (1) This section applies to a person who—

(a) before the commencement, was validly admitted to a corrective services facility as mentioned in previous section 9 (1); and Note— See section 475.

(b) immediately before the commencement was validly detained in a corrective services facility.

(2) Subject to this Act, the continued detention of the person in a corrective services facility is valid. 362 Continuation of record for identifying prisoners (1) The record kept by the chief executive under previous section 10 (1) and in existence immediately before the commencement (the previous record) is taken to be part of the record required under section 10 (1). (2) The previous record may be dealt with under section 10, including by destroying photos and prints forming part of the previous record. 363 Prisoner classifications (1) This section applies to a prisoner who, immediately before the commencement, had a classification under previous section 12 (previous classification). (2) If, immediately before the commencement, the prisoner’s previous classification was maximum security, the chief executive is taken to have classified the prisoner under section 12 (1) with the security classification of maximum. (3) If, immediately before the commencement, the prisoner’s previous classification was high security, medium security or low security, the chief executive is taken to have classified the prisoner under section 12 (1) with the security classification of high. (4) If, immediately before the commencement, the prisoner’s previous classification was open security, the chief executive is taken to have classified the prisoner under section 12 (1) with the security classification of low. (5) For applying section 13 to a prisoner to whom this section applies, the end of the first interval is to be worked out on the basis of the decision about classification, or a review of a classification, under previous section 12. Example for subsection (5)— A prisoner was classified as maximum security on 1 October 2005. On 26 March 2006, the prisoner’s classification was reviewed under previous section 12 as low security. No change is made to the classification before the commencement and, under subsection (3), the prisoner’s security classification is high on the commencement. Under section 13 (1) (b), a prisoner’s security classification of high must be reviewed at intervals of not longer than 1 year. Therefore, under subsection (5), the prisoner’s security classification must be reviewed before 26 March 2007. 364 Asking chief executive to reconsider decision about classification (1) This section applies if, immediately before the commencement, a prisoner was entitled to apply under the 2000 Act for a reconsideration of the chief executive’s decision to change the prisoner’s classification. Note— See the repealed Corrective Services Regulation 2001 , section 4. (2) The prisoner may apply for a reconsideration of the decision under the 2000 Act as if this Act had not been enacted. (3) However, the chief executive must reconsider the decision, and may confirm, amend or cancel the decision, as mentioned in section 16 (3). (4) Also, the chief executive must give the prisoner an information notice about the reconsidered decision as mentioned in section 16 (4). Division 2 Management of prisoners 365 Direction given before commencement A direction given under previous section 14 (1) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be a direction given under section 20 (1). 366 Order or direction for medical examination or treatment (1) This section applies to an order given under previous section 15 (2) (the previous order), or a requirement made under previous section 15 (3) (b) (the previous requirement), if—

(a) the previous order or previous requirement was in force immediately before the commencement; and

(b) the medical examination mentioned in the order or requirement had not happened or been completed before the commencement.

(2) The previous order is taken to be an order given under section 21 (3) requiring the medical examination stated in the previous order. (3) The previous requirement is taken to be a requirement given under section 21 (4) (a) (ii) requiring the medical examination stated in the previous requirement. (4) The previous order and the previous requirement may be amended or cancelled by the chief executive under section 21. 367 Authorisation for medical examination or treatment (1) This section applies to an authorisation given under previous section 15 (7) and in force immediately before the commencement (the previous authorisation) if the medical examination or treatment mentioned in the authorisation has not happened or been completed before the commencement. (2) The previous authorisation is taken to be an authorisation given under section 21 (7) for the medical examination or treatment. 368 Application or approval for private medical examination or treatment (1) This section applies to the following—

(a) an application made under previous section 16 (1) if the application had not been approved or refused before the commencement (the previous application);

(b) an approval given by the chief executive under previous section 16 (2) if the examination or treatment the subject of the approval had not happened or been completed before the commencement (the previous approval).

(2) The previous application is taken to be an application made under section 22 (1). (3) The previous approval is taken to be an approval given under section 22 (3) and any conditions that applied under the 2000 Act, or as stated in the previous approval, continue to apply to the previous approval. 369 Previous notice about lodging notice of intention to marry and approval and decision about marriage (1) A notice given to the chief executive under previous section 23 (1) about lodging a notice of intention to marry is taken to be the notice required under section 26 (1) about lodging a notice of intention to marry. (2) An approval, and any decision of the chief executive about the way a marriage is to be conducted, under previous section 23 (2) is taken to be an approval or decision as mentioned in section 26 (2). 370 Previous notice about change of name Section 27 does not apply to a person who changes the person’s name if the person gave notice to the chief executive about the change under previous section 24. 371 Carrying on a business Section 28 (1) does not apply, until the end of 21 days after the commencement, to a prisoner in a corrective services facility who was carrying on a business immediately before the commencement. Division 3 Children accommodated with female prisoners 372 Application or approval for accommodation of child with prisoner (1) This section applies if an application was made under previous section 20 to have a child accommodated with a prisoner (the previous application). (2) If the previous application was neither approved nor refused before the commencement, the previous application is taken to be an application made under section 29 (3). (3) If the previous application was granted before the commencement, and the grant was not cancelled or the child was not removed before the commencement, the previous application is taken to have been granted under section 30 (1). (4) To remove any doubt, it is declared that, under section 31, the chief executive may remove a child being accommodated with a prisoner in a corrective services facility even though the chief executive did not originally grant the application allowing the child to be so accommodated. 373 Reviewing decisions about children (1) This section applies if, immediately before the commencement, a female prisoner was entitled to apply under previous section 22 to the chief executive to review a decision mentioned in that section, but had not applied. (2) The female prisoner may apply for a review of the decision under previous section 22, and the chief executive must review the decision, as if this Act had not been enacted. 374 Existing application for review of decision about accommodation of child with prisoner (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) a person had applied under previous section 22 for a review of a decision mentioned in that section; and

(b) the application had not been dealt with by the chief executive giving the prisoner written notice of the decision.

(2) The chief executive must deal with the application under previous section 22 as if this Act had not been enacted. Division 4 Search of prisoners 375 Existing order for personal searching whenever prisoner leaves part of secure facility (1) This section applies to an order given under previous section 26 (1) in relation to a part of a secure facility if the order was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) The order is taken to be an order given by the chief executive under section 34 (1) in relation to the part of the secure facility. 376 Existing direction or order for strip searching of prisoner (1) This section applies to a direction or order given under previous section 26A in relation to a prisoner if the direction or order was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) A direction under previous section 26A (1) is taken to be a direction given under section 35 (1) in relation to the prisoner. (3) An order under previous section 26A (2)—

(a) is taken to be an order giving effect to a direction under section 35 (1) in relation to the prisoner; and

(b) may be amended or cancelled by the chief executive.

377 Continuation of register of searches The register kept for a corrective services facility under previous section 29 and in existence immediately before the commencement is taken to be part of the register required under section 40 (1) for the facility. 378 Test samples (1) A test sample given by a person under previous section 30 before the commencement is taken to have been given by the person under section 41. (2) For section 43, a reference to a positive test sample includes—

(a) a test sample for which test results obtained before the commencement showed the sample to be a positive test sample under the 2000 Act; or

(b) a test sample given before the commencement for which test results obtained after the commencement showed the sample to be a positive test sample under this Act.

379 Requirement for test sample before commencement but test sample not given (1) This section applies if—

(a) a person was required to give a test sample as mentioned in previous section 30; and

(b) the person had not complied with the requirement before the commencement.

(2) The previous requirement is taken to be a requirement under section 41. Division 5 Mail and phone calls 380 Phone calls The approval of a person or number as mentioned in previous section 36 (1) (b) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be an approval of the person or telephone number as mentioned in section 50 (1) (b). Division 6 Special treatment orders and crisis support orders 381 Special treatment order and crisis support order (1) This section applies to each of the following (each of which is a previous order) if the previous order was in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) a special treatment order made under previous section 38;

(b) a crisis support order made under previous section 42.

(2) The previous order—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a safety order made under section 53.

(3) A medical examination carried out on the prisoner the subject of the previous order under previous section 40 or 45 is taken to be a medical examination carried out on the prisoner under section 57. 382 Review of special treatment order (1) If, immediately before the commencement, a prisoner had asked, under previous section 39 (2), for a special treatment order to be referred to an official visitor for review, the chief executive must ensure the order was or is referred to an official visitor for review. (2) The referral of the special treatment order to an official visitor before or after the commencement is taken to be a referral made under section 56. 383 Review of crisis support order (1) If, immediately before the commencement, a prisoner had asked, under previous section 44 (1), for a crisis support order to be reviewed, the chief executive must ensure the order was or is referred to a doctor or psychologist as required under previous section 44 (2). (2) The referral of the crisis support order to a doctor or psychologist before or after the commencement is taken to be a referral made under section 55 (1). 384 Continuation of records about special treatment orders and crisis support orders (1) This section applies to each of the following records as in existence immediately before the commencement (each of which is a previous record)—

(a) the record kept for a corrective services facility under previous section 41;

(b) the record kept for a corrective services facility under previous section 46.

(2) Each previous record kept for a corrective services facility is taken to be part of the record required under section 59 (1) for the facility. Division 7 Maximum security orders 385 Maximum security order (1) This section applies to a maximum security order made under previous section 47 and in force immediately before the commencement (the previous order). (2) The previous order—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a maximum security order made under section 60.

386 Medical examination A medical examination carried out under previous section 51 on a prisoner the subject of an order made under previous section 47 is taken to be a medical examination carried out on the prisoner under section 64. 387 Review of maximum security order (1) If, immediately before the commencement, a prisoner had asked, under previous section 50 (1) or (6), for an order under previous section 47 to be referred to an official visitor for review, the chief executive must ensure the order was or is referred to an official visitor for review. (2) The referral of the order to an official visitor before or after the commencement is taken to be a referral made under section 63. (3) If, immediately before the commencement, a prisoner was entitled under previous section 50 (1) to ask for a maximum security order to be referred to an official visitor for review, but had not asked, the prisoner may apply under section 63 for the referral. 388 Continuation of record about maximum security orders The record kept for a corrective services facility under previous section 52 and in existence immediately before the commencement is taken to be part of the record required under section 65 for the corrective services facility. Division 8 Transfer and removal of prisoners 389 Transfer to another corrective services facility or health institution (1) An order made under previous section 53 (1) for a prisoner—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an order made by the chief executive under section 68 (1) for the prisoner.

(2) Subsection (3) applies if, immediately before the commencement—

(a) a prisoner had asked, under previous section 53 (5), for a review of a decision transferring the prisoner; and

(b) the chief executive had not confirmed, amended or cancelled the decision.

(3) The chief executive must reconsider the decision as if the prisoner had made an application for the reconsideration under section 71 (2). (4) If, immediately before the commencement, a prisoner was entitled under previous section 53 (5) to ask for a review of a decision transferring the prisoner, but had not asked, the prisoner may apply under section 71 (2) for a reconsideration of the decision. (5) To remove any doubt, it is declared that section 68 (5) applies to a person who, before the commencement, was a prisoner who was transferred to an authorised mental health service and became a classified patient under the Mental Health Act 2000 . 390 Transfer to court An order or attendance authority as mentioned in previous section 54 (1) for producing a prisoner at a time after the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an order or attendance authority as mentioned in section 69 (1) for producing the prisoner.

391 Removal of prisoner for law enforcement purposes (1) An authority given under previous section 55 (2) for a prisoner to be removed from a corrective services facility at a time after the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an authority given under section 70 (2) relating to the prisoner.

(2) To remove any doubt, it is declared that section 70 (4) applies to the prisoner. 392 WORC and WCC programs (1) This section applies to an order made under previous section 56 for a prisoner to participate in a WORC program or WCC program as mentioned in that section (the previous order). (2) If the previous order was in force immediately before the commencement, the previous order—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a work order made under section 66 for the prisoner.

Division 9 Leave of absence 393 Existing order for leave other than resettlement leave (1) This section applies to an order granting leave, other than resettlement leave, to a prisoner under previous section 58 (1) (the previous order) if the previous order was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) The previous order continues in force according to its terms and is taken to be an order made under section 72. (3) If previous section 58 (1) included a term to describe the leave granted by the previous order and that term is used in section 72 (1) to describe leave, the previous order is an order made under section 72 (1) for leave with the same term. 394 Existing order for resettlement leave (1) This section applies to an order granting resettlement leave to a prisoner under previous section 58 (1) (e) (the previous order) if the previous order was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) The previous order—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an order made under section 72 (1) (f).

(3) The resettlement leave program under the previous order is taken to be an approved resettlement leave program. 395 Existing authority for prisoner’s expenses while on leave An authority under previous section 63 (1) that was in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an authority under section 83 (1).

396 Existing suspension of order for leave and requirement to return to corrective services facility A suspension and requirement under previous section 64 (4) that was in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a suspension and requirement under section 85 (1).

Division 10 Interstate leave of absence 397 Existing interstate leave permit (1) This section applies to an interstate leave permit issued to a prisoner under previous section 67 (the previous permit) if—

(a) the permit was in force immediately before the commencement; and

(b) the period stated in the permit had not expired before the commencement.

(2) The previous permit—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an interstate leave permit issued under section 89.

398 Existing warrant for return of interstate prisoner (1) This section applies to a warrant issued for an interstate prisoner under previous section 72 (4) (the previous warrant) if, immediately before the commencement, the warrant was in effect and had not been executed. (2) The previous warrant—

(a) continues to have effect according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a warrant issued under section 95 (4).

399 Liability for damage because of interstate leave permit Previous section 73 continues to apply in relation to an act done or omission made, or a right of action that existed, before the commencement, as if this Act had not been enacted. Division 11 Remission and conditional release Subdivision 1 Remission 400 Existing grant of remission A grant of remission made under previous section 75 (2) or (4) before the commencement is not affected by the enactment of this Act. 401 Eligibility for remission (1) This section applies if, immediately before the commencement—

(a) a prisoner was eligible for remission of a term of imprisonment under previous section 75 (1); and

(b) the prisoner had served at least two-thirds of the term of imprisonment; and

(2) The chief executive must make a decision about granting the remission under previous section 75 as if this Act had not been enacted. (3) For subsection (2), previous sections 77, 78 and 79 continue to apply as if this Act had not been enacted. 402 Court order for remaking decision about remission (1) This section applies to a decision of the chief executive under previous section 75 or section 401 about a grant of remission if, after the commencement, a court orders the decision be set aside and remade. (2) The chief executive must remake the decision about granting remission under previous section 75 as if this Act had not been enacted. (3) For subsection (2), previous sections 77, 78 and 79 continue to apply as if this Act had not been enacted. Subdivision 2 Conditional release 403 Existing conditional release order (1) This section applies to a conditional release order for a prisoner made under previous section 76 (3) before the commencement (the previous order) if, immediately before the commencement, the previous order had not expired or had not been suspended or cancelled under previous section 80. (2) The previous order as in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a conditional release order for the prisoner made under section 98 (1).

(3) Subsection (4) applies if, immediately before the commencement, the previous order was suspended or cancelled under previous section 80 and matters in relation to the suspension or cancellation had not been fully dealt with under the 2000 Act. Examples for subsection (3)—

1 If the chief executive had not issued a warrant under previous section 80 (2), the chief executive may issue a warrant under section 104 (1).

2 If the chief executive had not given the relevant prisoner an information notice under previous section 80 (5), the chief executive must give the prisoner an information notice under section 105 (1).

(4) Chapter 2, part 2, division 10, subdivision 3 of this Act applies in relation to the suspension or cancellation. (5) However, if, because of a suspension or cancellation made before the commencement, the chief executive intends to make another order for the conditional release of the prisoner, it must be made under this Act and not under previous section 76. 404 Notice about considering to refuse to make conditional release order (1) This section applies if, before the commencement, the chief executive—

(a) gave a prisoner a notice under previous section 79 (2) about an order for the prisoner’s conditional release (the previous notice); and

(b) had not given a written notice under previous section 79 (3) refusing the conditional release.

(2) The previous notice is taken to be a notice given to the prisoner under section 101 (1). Division 12 Arrest of prisoners 405 Existing warrant for prisoner unlawfully at large (1) A prisoner who, immediately before the commencement, was unlawfully at large as defined under previous section 85 is taken to be a prisoner who is unlawfully at large under section 112. (2) For section 112 (4), any period a prisoner is unlawfully at large includes any period before the commencement that the prisoner was unlawfully at large as defined under previous section 85. (3) A warrant issued for a prisoner under previous section 85 (2) that, immediately before the commencement, had effect and had not been executed—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a warrant issued under section 112 (2); and

(c) may be executed by any corrective services officer or any police officer. Note— See also the Police Powers and Responsibilities Act 2000 , section 798.

s 405 amd 2000 No. 5 s 810 sch 4 (amd 2006 No. 26 ss 84, 86) Part 3 Breaches and offences Division 1 Breaches of discipline by prisoners 406 Act or omission that is a breach of discipline before commencement (1) This section applies to an act done or omission made by a prisoner before the commencement that—

(a) was a breach of discipline under the 2000 Act as in force immediately before the commencement; and

(b) had not been finally dealt with under that Act before the commencement.

(2) Previous chapter 3, part 1 (the applied discipline procedure) applies in relation to the act or omission as if this Act had not been enacted. (3) For the applied discipline procedure—

(a) a reference in previous section 86 (4) to the person in charge of a corrective services facility is taken to be a reference to the person the chief executive considers is the most appropriate person at the corrective services facility to whom the commissioner’s advice should be given; and

(b) a reference in previous section 86 (7) to an approved form is taken to be a reference to the relevant form approved under the 2000 Act.

(4) Despite subsection (2), previous section 90 does not apply, but the chief executive must comply with section 120 for a decision, and any review of a decision, in relation to the act or omission under the applied discipline procedure. 407 Existing order for separate confinement Each of the following orders is taken to be an order made under section 118 (2) (c)—

(a) an order for the separate confinement of a prisoner made under previous section 88, if the order was in force immediately before the commencement;

(b) an order for the separate confinement of a prisoner made after the commencement under the applied discipline procedure. Note— See section 406.

408 Review of decision about breach of discipline The applied discipline procedure applies to a decision that a prisoner has committed a breach of discipline, whether the decision was made—

(a) before the commencement, under previous section 88; or

(b) after the commencement, under the applied discipline procedure. Note— See section 406.

409 Continuation of disciplinary breach register A register kept for a corrective services facility under previous section 90 and in existence immediately before the commencement is taken to be part of the register required under section 120 for the corrective services facility. Division 2 Seizing property 410 Dealing with seized property (1) This section applies to a thing seized under previous section 106 that has not been finally dealt with under previous chapter 3, part 4 before the commencement. (2) The thing is taken to have been seized under—

(a) if it is a prisoner’s privileged mail—section 46 (1) (a) (i); or

(b) if it is a prisoner’s ordinary mail—section 46 (1) (a) (ii); or

(d) if it is something else—section 138.

(3) A receipt given for the thing under previous section 107 is taken to be a receipt given for the thing under section 139. Note— A thing to which this section applies may be forfeited under section 140 or returned under section 141. 411 Forfeiting seized thing If, before the commencement, a notice was given under previous section 108 (2) to the owner of a thing mentioned in previous section 106, the notice is taken to have been given by the chief executive under section 140 (2). 412 Review of decision to forfeit (1) This section applies to a person who, before the commencement, was entitled to apply for a review of a decision to forfeit a thing. (2) If, before the commencement, the person had applied for the review, the application must be dealt with under previous section 109 as if this Act had not been enacted. (3) If the person had not applied for the review before the commencement, the person may apply for the review after the commencement, but only within 28 days after the notice of the decision was given to the person. (4) If the person applies for the review as mentioned in subsection (3), the application must be dealt with under previous section 109 as if this Act had not been enacted. Division 3 Use of lethal force 413 Continuation of authorisation for issue, handling and storage of weapons An authorisation given to a corrective services officer under previous section 114 and in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an authority given to the officer under section 145.

414 Continuation of record of use of lethal force The record kept under previous section 117 and in existence immediately before the commencement is taken to be part of the record required under section 148. Part 4 Corrective services facilities Division 1 Existing corrective services facilities 415 Prisons (1) The declaration of a place as a prison under previous section 118 (1) (a) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be a declaration of the place as a prison under section 149 (1) (a). (2) The assignment of a name to a prison under previous section 118 (1) (b) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be an assignment of the name to the prison under section 149 (1) (b). (3) To remove any doubt, it is declared that the declaration and assignment continued in force under this section may be amended or repealed under section 149 (1). 416 Community corrections centres (1) The declaration of a place as a community corrections centre under previous section 120 (1) (a) (i) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be a declaration of the place as a community corrections centre under section 151 (1) (a) (i). (2) The assignment of a name to a community corrections centre under previous section 120 (1) (b) (i) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be an assignment of the name to the community corrections centre under section 151 (1) (b) (i). (3) To remove any doubt, it is declared that a declaration and assignment continued in force under this section may be amended or repealed under section 151 (1). 417 WORC sites and WCC sites (1) The declaration of a place as a WORC site or WCC site under previous section 120 (1) (a) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be a declaration of the place as a work camp under section 151 (1) (a) (ii). (2) The assignment of a name to a WORC site or WCC site under previous section 120 (1) (b) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be an assignment of the name to the work camp under section 151 (1) (b) (ii). (3) To remove any doubt, it is declared that a declaration and assignment continued in force under this section may be amended or repealed under section 151 (1). Division 2 Visiting corrective services facilities 418 Approval for personal visit to be a contact visit An approval given to a person under previous section 124 (1) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be an approval given by the chief executive under section 154 (1). 419 Existing application for approval to access corrective services facility An application under previous section 125 (1) for approval to access a corrective services facility that is neither granted nor refused before the commencement is taken to be an application under section 155 in relation to the facility. 420 Approval to access corrective services facility An approval given to a person under previous section 125 (2) and in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be an approval given by the chief executive under section 156 (1). 421 Existing entitlement to apply for review of refusal for access approval (1) This section applies if, immediately before the commencement, a person was entitled to apply under previous section 125 (5) to the chief executive to review a decision refusing approval to access a corrective services facility. (2) The person is taken to be a visitor who has been refused an access approval as mentioned in section 156 (7). 422 Proof of identity A fingerprint, palm print, footprint, toeprint, eye print or voiceprint kept by the chief executive under previous section 127 is taken to be an identifying particular for section 162. 423 Existing suspension of approval to access corrective services facility A suspension under previous section 128 in relation to a person that was in force immediately before the commencement is taken to be a suspension made by the chief executive under section 157. 424 Existing entitlement to apply for review of suspension of approval to access corrective services facility (1) This section applies if, immediately before the commencement, a person was entitled to apply under previous section 128 (3) to the chief executive to review a decision suspending the person from entering a corrective services facility. (2) The person is taken to be a visitor whose access approval has been suspended as mentioned in section 157 (6). 425 Monitoring personal visits An audiovisual recording, or other monitoring record, made under previous section 129 and in existence immediately before the commencement is taken to be an audiovisual recording, visual recording or other monitoring record, under section 158. Part 5 Parole Division 1 Existing post-prison community based release orders 426 Post-prison community based release order A post-prison community based release order granted under the 2000 Act and in force immediately before the commencement (the previous order)—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a parole order granted under this Act.

427 Eligibility for post-prison community based release order (1) This section applies to a prisoner who was eligible, immediately before the commencement, for a post-prison community based release order under previous section 134. (2) The date the prisoner was eligible to apply for the post-prison community based release order under previous section 135 is taken to be the prisoner’s parole eligibility date for a parole order under chapter 5, part 1, division 1, subdivision 2. (3) Subsection (2) is subject to the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 213. 428 Application for post-prison community based release order (1) This section applies to an application for a post-prison community based release order made, but not decided, under previous section 133 or 134 before the commencement (the previous application). (2) The previous application is taken to be an application for a parole order—

(a) if the previous application was made under previous section 133—under section 176; or

(b) if the previous application was made under previous section 134—under section 180.

(3) The previous application is taken to have been made to, or for a parole order to be granted by, the replacement board for the parole board that may, under the 2000 Act, have granted the parole order. (4) This Act applies to the previous application in relation to the way the replacement board may deal with the previous application. 429 Existing authority for prisoner’s expenses while on parole An authority given under previous section 145 (2) and in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) may be amended or cancelled by the chief executive.

430 Travelling interstate or overseas while on parole (1) This section applies to an order under previous section 147 or 148 (the previous order) granting leave to a prisoner if any time for taking the leave as stated in the previous order has not expired. (2) The leave is taken to have been granted by—

(a) if the leave was for the prisoner to travel interstate for not more than 7 days—the chief executive under section 212 (1); or

(b) if the leave was for the prisoner to travel interstate for more than 7 days—the relevant replacement board under section 212 (3); or

(3) In this section— relevant replacement board means the replacement board for the parole board that granted the leave to the prisoner. 431 Suspension of parole order by chief executive (1) This section applies to a post-prison community based release order (the previous order) that was suspended by an order of the chief executive under previous section 149 if the suspension was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) The previous order is taken to have been suspended under section 201 (2). (3) If, because of the suspension, the chief executive issued a warrant under previous section 149 (2) and the warrant was in effect and had not been executed before the commencement, it—

(a) continues to have effect according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be a warrant issued under section 202.

(4) If the chief executive had not issued a warrant under previous section 149 (2), the chief executive may issue a warrant under section 202 for the prisoner the subject of the previous order. 432 Amendment, suspension or cancellation of parole order by corrections board (1) This section applies to a post-prison community based release order (the previous order) that was amended, suspended or cancelled by an order of a corrections board under previous section 150 if the amendment, suspension or cancellation was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) The previous order is taken to have been amended, suspended or cancelled by the replacement board for the corrections board under section 205 (2). (3) If, because of the suspension or cancellation, a warrant was issued under previous section 150 (2) and the warrant was in effect and had not been executed before the commencement, it—

(a) continues to have effect according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be—

(i) for a warrant issued by the corrections board under previous section 150 (2) (a)—a warrant issued by the replacement board for the corrections board under section 206 (1) (a); or

(ii) for a warrant issued under previous section 150 (2) (b)—a warrant issued under section 206 (1) (b).

(4) If a warrant had not been issued under previous section 150 (2) before the commencement, a warrant may be issued by the replacement board for the corrections board or a magistrate under section 206 for the prisoner the subject of the previous order. (5) If an information notice was given to the prisoner under previous section 150 (5) and written submissions given to the corrections board by the prisoner had not been finally dealt with under previous section 150 (6) before the commencement, the information notice is taken to have been given by the replacement board for the corrections board under—

(a) for an information notice about the amendment of the previous order—section 205 (3); or

(b) for an information notice about the suspension or cancellation of the previous order—section 208 (1).

(6) If an information notice had not been given to the prisoner under previous section 150 (5) before the commencement, an information notice may be given to the prisoner by the replacement board for the corrections board under—

(a) for an information notice about the amendment of the previous order—section 205 (3); or

(b) for an information notice about the suspension or cancellation of the previous order—section 208 (1).

(7) If the replacement board changes the decision the subject of an information notice mentioned in subsection (5) or (6), the changed decision has effect despite section 426 (a). 433 Reviewing existing regional board’s decision to refuse application (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) a prisoner applied under previous section 155 for a review of a refusal of an application by the prisoner; and

(b) the Queensland board established under the 2000 Act had not taken action mentioned in previous section 155 (5) (a) or (b).

(2) The Queensland Parole Board must review the refusal under chapter 5, part 1, division 2, subdivision 3. Division 2 Existing community corrections boards Subdivision 1 Queensland Community Corrections Board 434 Queensland Community Corrections Board (1) The Queensland Community Corrections Board established under the 2000 Act continues in existence as the Queensland Parole Board until whichever of the following happens first—

(a) the appointment day of the Queensland Parole Board;

(b) 1 year after the commencement.

(2) The person who, immediately before the commencement, holds appointment as the president, or deputy president, of the Queensland Community Corrections Board holds office as the president, or deputy president, of the Queensland Parole Board until its appointment day. (3) In this section— appointment day, of the Queensland Parole Board, means the day on which each of the appointments mentioned in section 218 (1) (a) and (b) is published in the gazette for the first time under that section. 435 Secretary of Queensland Community Corrections Board (1) This section applies to the person who was the secretary of the Queensland Community Corrections Board immediately before the commencement. (2) The person is taken to have been appointed as secretary of the Queensland board under section 223. 436 Existing guidelines Guidelines made under previous section 167 and in force immediately before the commencement are taken to be—

(a) for guidelines made under previous section 167 (1)—guidelines made under section 227 (1); or

(b) for guidelines made under previous section 167 (2)—guidelines made under section 227 (2).

437 Annual report (1) This section applies if the annual report for the financial year ending 30 June 2006 as required under previous section 168 has not been given under that section before the commencement. (2) The Queensland Parole Board must give the report to the Minister under previous section 168 as if this Act had not been enacted. Subdivision 2 Regional community corrections boards 438 Existing regional boards (1) The following existing regional boards are taken to have been established under this Act as the Central and Northern Queensland Regional Parole Board for the area north of latitude 26º south—

(a) the North Queensland Regional Community Corrections Board;

(b) the Townsville Regional Community Corrections Board;

(2) The following existing regional boards are taken to have been established under this Act as the Southern Queensland Regional Parole Board for the area south of latitude 26º south—

(a) the Brisbane Regional Community Corrections Board;

(b) the South Queensland Regional Community Corrections Board;

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not affect section 230 and a regulation under that section may abolish a regional board mentioned in subsection (1) or (2) or assign a different name to a regional board mentioned in subsection (1) or (2). 439 Continuation of member’s appointment (1) A person who, immediately before the commencement, holds appointment as a member of an existing regional board mentioned in section 438 (1) is taken to be a member of the Central and Northern Queensland Regional Parole Board until the member’s office is vacated under section 236. (2) A person who, immediately before the commencement, holds appointment as a member of an existing regional board mentioned in section 438 (2) is taken to be a member of the Southern Queensland Regional Parole Board until the member’s office is vacated under section 236. (3) A person who, immediately before the commencement, holds appointment as the president, or deputy president, of an existing regional board goes out of office as the president, or deputy president, on the commencement and is not entitled to compensation because of the operation of this subsection. 440 Secretary of existing regional board A person who, immediately before the commencement, holds appointment as the secretary of an existing regional board goes out of office as the secretary on the commencement. 441 Annual report of existing regional board (1) This section applies if the annual report for an existing regional board for the financial year ending 30 June 2006 has not been given under previous section 180 before the commencement. (2) The replacement board must give the report to the Queensland board on or before 30 September 2006. (3) For subsection (2), the person who was the president of the existing regional board must give help to the replacement board. Subdivision 3 Powers of corrections boards 442 Powers of corrections board to require attendance (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) a corrections board issued an attendance notice under previous section 182 (the previous attendance notice); and

(b) the time stated in the previous attendance notice as the stated time for a person to attend a board meeting to give relevant information, or to produce a stated document, has not ended.

(2) The previous attendance notice—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an attendance notice given by the replacement board under section 242.

Part 6 Administration Division 1 Chief executive 443 Functions and powers of chief executive (1) This section applies if—

(a) the chief executive exercised a power under previous section 188 (the previous power) and the power may be exercised by the chief executive under this Act; and

(b) the previous power, as exercised, continued to have effect immediately before the commencement.

(2) The previous power, as exercised—

(a) continues to have effect; and

(b) is taken to have been exercised under section 263.

444 Existing administrative policies and procedures (1) An administrative policy made under previous section 189 (1) and in force immediately before the commencement continues in force according to its terms. (2) An administrative procedure made under previous section 189 (1) and in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to have been made under section 265 (1).

445 Existing services and programs A service or program established under previous section 190 (1) and in existence immediately before the commencement is taken to have been established under section 266 (1). 446 Monitoring devices If, before the commencement, the chief executive required an offender to wear a device under previous section 191 and the requirement continued to have effect immediately before the commencement, the requirement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to have been made under section 267.

447 Declaration of emergency (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) the chief executive declared an emergency exists in relation to a prison under previous section 192 (the previous declaration); and

(b) the previous declaration had not lapsed or been revoked.

(2) The previous declaration—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to have been made under section 268.

448 Commissioner to provide police If, before the commencement, the chief executive asked the commissioner to provide police officers under previous section 193, the request is taken to have been made under section 269. Division 2 Engaged service providers 449 Existing authorisation for engaged service provider An authorisation of an entity as an engaged service provider under previous section 196 and in force immediately before the commencement (the previous authorisation)—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an authorisation of the entity as an engaged service provider under section 272.

450 Review of engaged service provider’s performance (1) This section applies to the appointment of a person under previous section 198 (1) to review an engaged service provider’s performance of authorised functions (the previous appointment) if, before the commencement, the person had not finished preparing the report on the review for the chief executive. (2) The previous appointment—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to be an appointment under section 274 to review the engaged service provider’s performance of the authorised functions.

Division 3 Continuing appointments 451 General provision about appointments or authorisations continued under div 3 An appointment or authorisation made before the commencement that is, under this division, taken to be an appointment or authorisation under a provision of this Act, continues—

(a) until the end of the term of appointment or authorisation, if any; and

(b) on the conditions of the appointment or authorisation that are consistent with this Act.

452 Corrective services officers A person who, immediately before the commencement, was a corrective services officer under previous section 201 is taken to be appointed as a corrective services officer under section 275. 453 Corrective services dogs A dog that, immediately before the commencement, was a corrective services dog under previous section 205 (b) is taken to be certified as a corrective services dog under section 279. 454 Doctors A person who, immediately before the commencement, was a doctor for a prison under previous section 209 (1) (a) is taken to be appointed as a doctor for the prison under section 283 (1). Note— There is no longer to be an appointment of a doctor for a corrective services facility that is not a prison. 455 Official visitors (1) A person who, immediately before the commencement, was an official visitor for a corrective services facility under previous section 211 is taken to be appointed as an official visitor under section 285. (2) Section 285 (2) does not apply to the person if the person has been appointed as an official visitor for more than 6 years, including any period before the commencement. 456 Elders, respected persons and indigenous spiritual healers (1) This section applies to a person who, immediately before the commencement, was an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander elder, respected person or indigenous spiritual healer for a corrective services facility under previous section 218. (2) The person is taken to be appointed as an Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander elder, respected person or indigenous spiritual healer for the facility under section 293. 457 Inspectors A person who, immediately before the commencement, was an inspector under previous section 219 is taken to be appointed as an inspector under section 294. 458 Inspector’s reports (1) This section applies if, before the commencement, inspectors appointed under previous section 219 (3) to investigate an incident had not given the chief executive a report as required under previous section 223. (2) The inspectors are taken to have been appointed under section 295 (1) for the incident. Note— Section 305 provides for the inspectors’ report. (3) To remove any doubt, it is declared that section 295 (2) does not apply to the appointment. 459 Volunteers A person who immediately before the commencement was a volunteer under previous section 224 is taken to be authorised as a volunteer under section 306. 460 Prisoner in proper officer of the court’s custody (1) A person who, under previous section 231, was in the custody of the proper officer of a court immediately before the commencement continues in the custody of the proper officer of the court under section 307 (2). (2) Subsection (1) does not prevent the application of a provision of this Act providing for when a person is in another person’s custody. Division 4 Property 461 Prisoners trust fund (1) The prisoners trust fund kept under previous section 233 is continued in existence as the prisoners trust fund (the new fund) required to be kept by the chief executive under section 311 (1). (2) An amount in the prisoners trust fund to the credit of a prisoner immediately before the commencement is the amount in the prisoner’s account in the new fund. (3) If the chief executive was authorised under previous section 236 to deduct an amount from a prisoner’s account but had not deducted the amount before the commencement, the deduction may be made under section 314. 462 Trust account records The records kept under previous section 234 and in existence immediately before the commencement are taken to be part of the records required to be kept under section 312. 463 Investment of prisoners trust fund Section 315 (2) applies in relation to any investment made under previous section 237 (1) if the investment matures after the commencement. 464 Remuneration of prisoners (1) An approval of an activity or program under previous section 238 and in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continues in force according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to have been given under section 316.

(2) The rates set by the chief executive under previous section 238 and in force immediately before the commencement—

(a) continue in force according to the terms of setting the rates; and

(b) are taken to have been set under section 316.

Division 5 Compensation 465 Compensation for loss or damage to property (1) This section applies if, immediately before the commencement, a person was entitled to apply under previous section 241 (2) for compensation for loss or damage mentioned in the section. (2) The person may apply for the compensation under previous section 241 (2) as if this Act had not been enacted. Division 6 Information 466 Concerned persons (1) The register of concerned persons established under previous section 242 and in existence immediately before the commencement is taken to be part of the eligible persons register. (2) An application under previous section 242 (2) that has neither been granted nor refused before the commencement is taken to be an application under section 320 (2). (3) A notice under previous section 242 (3) is taken to be the nomination of an entity under section 320 (4). 467 Commissioner to provide criminal history (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) the chief executive asked the commissioner for a report about the criminal history of a person under previous section 244 (the previous request); and

(b) the commissioner had not given the report.

(2) The previous request is taken to be a request under—

(a) for a previous request about an offender mentioned in previous section 244 (1) (a)—section 342 (1); or

(b) otherwise—section 334 (2).

468 Traffic history (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) the chief executive asked the transport chief executive for a report about an offender’s traffic history under previous section 244A (the previous request); and

(b) the transport chief executive had not given the report.

(2) The previous request is taken to be a request under section 343. Division 7 Legal provisions 469 Proceedings (1) A proceeding started before the commencement under a provision of any of the repealed Acts, and pending at the commencement, may be continued as if this Act had not been enacted. (2) In this section— proceeding means a proceeding—

(a) under the Judicial Review Act 1991 in relation to a decision made under any of the repealed Acts; or

(b) for an offence against a provision of any of the repealed Acts.

Part 7 Other transitional provisions 470 References in Acts or documents In an Act or document, if the context permits—

(a) a reference to the Corrective Services Act 2000 is taken to be a reference to this Act; and Example of document for paragraph (a)— an industrial instrument within the meaning of the Industrial Relations Act 1999

(b) a reference to the Corrective Services Regulation 2001 is taken to be a reference to a regulation made under this Act; and

(d) a reference to the person in charge of a corrective services facility, or a particular type of corrective services facility, within the meaning of the 2000 Act is taken to be a reference to the chief executive; and

(e) a reference to a special treatment order or crisis support order is taken to be a reference to a safety order; and

(f) a reference to a community work order is taken to be a reference to a work order; and

(g) a reference to a post-prison community based release order is taken to be a reference to a parole order; and

(h) a reference to post-prison community based release is taken to be a reference to parole; and

(i) a reference to the Queensland Community Corrections Board is taken to be a reference to the Queensland Parole Board; and

(j) a reference to a regional community corrections board is taken to be a reference to—

(i) generally, a regional parole board; or

(ii) if the reference is to the North Queensland Regional Community Corrections Board, the Townsville Regional Community Corrections Board or the Central Queensland Regional Community Corrections Board—the Central and Northern Queensland Regional Parole Board; or

(iii) if the reference is to the Brisbane Regional Community Corrections Board, the South Queensland Regional Community Corrections Board or the West Moreton Regional Community Corrections Board—the Southern Queensland Regional Parole Board.

471 Authorities and actions (1) This section applies to an authority made, or an action taken, under a previous provision, if the authority was in force or the action continued to have effect immediately before the commencement. (2) If there is a corresponding provision of this Act for the previous provision, the authority or action—

(a) continues in force, or continues to have effect, according to its terms; and

(b) is taken to have been made or taken under the corresponding provision of this Act.

(3) This section is subject to a specific provision of this chapter in relation to the authority or action. (4) In this section— authority means an approval, authorisation, certificate, classification, decision, declaration, determination, direction, guideline, instrument, order, parole order, permit, policy, procedure, recommendation, transfer instrument or other authority. corresponding provision of this Act, for an authority or action, includes a provision of this Act that provides for the authority to be made, or action to be taken, by the chief executive even if the person who made the authority or took the action under the previous provision was not the chief executive. made includes given and issued. order includes an order given orally or in writing, but does not include a parole order. previous provision, for an authority made or action taken, means a provision of one of the repealed Acts under which the authority may be made or action taken. 472 Corrective Services Rules (1) To remove any doubt, it is declared that, to the extent the corrective services rules were in force immediately before the expiry of the 2000 Act, section 272, the corrective services rules expired on the expiry of that section. Note— The 2000 Act, section 272 expired on 1 July 2002. (2) It is declared that there is not, and never has been, a requirement to publish any of the following rules of the corrective services rules—

• rule 32 (Prisoner construction of electronic or electromechanical devices)

• rule 111 (Prescription of Industrial and Community Work Centre, Wacol, as a place for the transfer of prisoners)

• rule 172 (Prisoner protection)

• rule 223 (Security related training weapons and munition standards)

• rule 226 (Standard operational procedures for the establishment of an incident management centre (IMC))

• rule 230 (Management of hostage incidents in custodial correctional centres)

• rule 232 (Operation of Barringer Ionscan narcotics and explosives detection unit)

• rule 233 (Maximum security unit)

• rule 236 (Risk management)

• rule 239 (Prisoner escort)

• rule 240 (Incident management).

(3) In this section— corrective services rules means the corrective services rules—

(a) made under the Corrective Services (Administration) Act 1988 ; and

(b) under the 2000 Act, section 272, continued in force as regulations under the 2000 Act.

473 Previous expectations of prisoner (1) This section applies to a prisoner sentenced for an offence committed before the commencement, whether or not the prisoner was sentenced for the offence after the commencement. (2) From the commencement, this chapter and chapters 2 and 5 are the only provisions dealing with the previous expectations of the prisoner. (3) If, before the commencement, the prisoner had a previous expectation, it is extinguished to the extent it is not provided for under subsection (2). (4) Subsections (2) and (3) apply in relation to an application made by the prisoner and dealt with after the commencement even if the application was made before the commencement. (5) This section has no effect in relation to a proceeding mentioned in section 469. (6) However, this section prevails to the extent it is inconsistent with—

(a) section 471; or

(b) the Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , sections 20 and 20C (3), the Criminal Code, section 11 (2), the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 180 or any other law of similar effect. Note— The Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , section 20 deals with the saving of the operation of a repealed Act etc., and section 20C of that Act deals with the creation of offences and changes in penalties. The Criminal Code, section 11 (2) deals with the effect of changes in a law. The Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 180 deals with the effect of alterations in sentences.

(7) In this section— previous expectation, for a prisoner, means any expectation the prisoner may have had in relation to a matter under the 2000 Act, including, for example, any of the following—

(a) an expectation to have a review of a classification as mentioned in previous section 12 (4);

(b) an expectation to be transferred under previous section 53 (1);

(d) an expectation to be eligible to participate in a WORC program or WCC program as mentioned in previous section 57;

(e) an expectation to be granted leave of absence under previous chapter 2, part 2, division 9;

(f) an expectation to be granted remission under previous section 75;

(g) an expectation to be granted conditional release under previous section 76;

(h) an expectation to be discharged or released on a particular day, as mentioned in previous section 82 or 83.

s 473 amd 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch 474 All release to be dealt with under this Act (1) This section applies to a prisoner sentenced for an offence committed before the commencement, whether or not the prisoner was sentenced for the offence after the commencement. (2) From the commencement—

(a) this chapter and chapters 2 and 5 are the only provisions under which the prisoner may be released before the end of the period of imprisonment to which the prisoner has been sentenced; and

(b) the only requirements for the granting of the release are the requirements that apply under this Act.

(3) If, before the commencement, the prisoner had any expectation to be able, after the commencement, to be released before, or to be considered for a release taking effect before, the end of the period of imprisonment to which the prisoner has been sentenced, the expectation is extinguished to the extent that the release is not provided for under subsection (2). (4) Subsections (2) and (3) apply in relation to an application made by the prisoner and dealt with after the commencement even if the application was made before the commencement. (5) If a form of release for which the prisoner made an application before the commencement corresponds to a form of release that, after the commencement, is available under chapter 5, the application must be dealt with, to the greatest practicable extent, as an application for the form of release under chapter 5, but this subsection does not authorise release before the prisoner’s parole eligibility date. (6) This section has no effect in relation to a proceeding mentioned in section 469. (7) However, this section prevails to the extent it is inconsistent with—

(a) section 470; or

(b) the Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , sections 20 and 20C (3), the Criminal Code, section 11 (2), the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 180 or any other law of similar effect.

(8) In this section— expectation includes right, privilege, entitlement and eligibility. Part 8 Declaration and validation provisions 475 Declaration and validation about particular warrants issued under Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 (1) It is declared that—

(a) a Magistrates Court has and always has had, including before the commencement of this section, power to issue a warrant for a person’s detention for the purposes of a relevant Corrective Services Act provision; and

(b) a warrant for a person’s detention issued or purported to have been issued by a Magistrates Court for a relevant Corrective Services Act provision was sufficient for its purpose.

Note— See the definition warrant in schedule 4. (2) In this section— relevant Corrective Services Act provision means—

(a) the 2000 Act, section 9 (1) (a); or

(b) a provision of one of the other repealed Acts that corresponded to the provision mentioned in paragraph (a).

476 Declaration about prisoner for 2000 Act, ch 5, pt 1 (1) It is declared that a person, including a person who was the subject of a post-prison community based release order within the meaning of the 2000 Act, was and always was a prisoner for that Act, chapter 5, part 1 (the relevant provisions) during the period starting on 1 October 2003 and ending on the commencement of this section, if, during the period, the person was in the custody of the chief executive of the department in which that Act was administered. (2) To remove any doubt, it is declared that a decision made or purportedly made, or an action taken or purportedly taken, in relation to the person under the relevant provisions is, and always has been, as valid as it would have been if the person were a prisoner for the relevant provisions when the decision was made or the action was taken. 476A Effect of regulation amendment by the Right to Information Act 2009 s 476A ins 2009 No. 13 s 213 sch 5 om 2013 No. 39 s 109 sch 2 Part 9 Saving, transitional and validating provisions for Corrective Services Act 2000 477 Purpose of pt 9 (1) The purpose of this part is to provide for the continuing effect of particular provisions of the 2000 Act to the extent the provisions have effect immediately before the commencement. (2) However, this part does not limit the application of the Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , section 20A to a declaration of a thing for a saving or transitional purpose under the 2000 Act as mentioned in that section for a matter not dealt with in this part. s 477 AIA s 20A applies (see s 477 (2)) 478 Provisions for sch 2 (1) The provisions set out in schedule 2 (the continuing provisions) continue to apply in relation to matters before the commencement to which they would have applied under the 2000 Act. (2) For subsection (1), the continuing provisions—

(a) are numbered with the section numbers of the 2000 Act; and

(b) are to be read in the context of the 2000 Act. Examples for paragraph (b)—

1 A reference in a continuing provision to ‘the commencement of this section’ is a reference to when the section commenced as part of the 2000 Act.

2 A term used in a continuing provision (for example, ‘post- prison community based release order’) is the term as defined in the 2000 Act.

Chapter 7A Other transitional provisions ch hdg ins 2006 No. 45 s 8 sub 2008 No. 53 s 7 Part 1 Transitional provisions for Criminal Code (Drink Spiking) and Other Acts Amendment Act 2006 pt hdg ins 2008 No. 53 s 7 478A Previous expectations of sexual offenders about leave of absence (1) This section applies to a prisoner sentenced for a sexual offence committed before the commencement of this section (the commencement), whether or not the prisoner was sentenced for the offence after the commencement. (2) If, before the commencement, the prisoner had an expectation to be granted prohibited leave after the commencement, it is extinguished. (3) An application for prohibited leave made by the prisoner, but not decided, before the commencement is of no effect. (4) If this section is inconsistent with section 473, this section prevails to the extent of the inconsistency. (5) In this section— expectation includes right, privilege, entitlement and eligibility. prohibited leave means leave of absence other than compassionate leave or health leave. s 478A ins 2006 No. 45 s 8 478B Previous expectations of sexual offenders about resettlement leave (1) This section applies to a prisoner to whom section 478A (1) applies if—

(a) the prisoner was granted resettlement leave before the commencement of section 82 (1) (e) (the commencement); and

(b) the chief executive cancels the operation of the order for the prisoner’s resettlement leave under section 85 (2) because the Queensland board suspended or cancelled the prisoner’s resettlement leave program, whether before or after the commencement.

(2) The pre-amended Act applies for the purpose of the following—

(a) section 80;

(b) an amendment of the resettlement leave program;

(c) an application made under the Judicial Review Act 1991 in relation to the Queensland board’s decision to suspend or cancel the resettlement leave program.

(3) If the Queensland board, whether before or after the commencement, changes its decision to suspend or cancel its approval of the resettlement leave program for the prisoner, the chief executive must act under section 74 to give effect to the changed decision as if section 9 of the amending Act had not been enacted. (4) If the Queensland board, whether before or after the commencement approves a resettlement leave program for the prisoner following an order made under the Judicial Review Act 1991 , section 30, the chief executive must act under section 74 in relation to the approved resettlement leave program as if section 9 of the amending Act had not been enacted. (5) If, in accordance with subsection (3) or (4), the chief executive grants the prisoner resettlement leave, the pre-amended Act applies to the prisoner for the resettlement leave. (6) In this section— amending Act means the Criminal Code (Drink Spiking) and Other Acts Amendment Act 2006 . pre-amended Act means this Act as in force immediately before the commencement of section 9 of the amending Act. s 478B ins 2006 No. 45 s 8 Part 2 Transitional provisions for Corrective Services and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2008 pt 2 (ss 478C–478F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 8 478C Definitions for pt 2 In this part— commencement means the commencement of this section. relevant person see section 319A. pt 2 (ss 478C–478F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 8 478D Discrimination complaints not decided before commencement (1) This section applies to a complaint by a relevant person to the anti-discrimination commissioner under the Anti-Discrimination Act, section 134 about an alleged contravention of that Act committed by a protected defendant against an offender that was made but not decided before the commencement. (2) Chapter 6, part 12A, other than sections 319D and 319I (1), (4) and (5), does not apply to the complaint. pt 2 (ss 478C–478F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 8 478E Relevant money awarded after commencement (1) This section applies to relevant money awarded in relation to a person after the commencement. (2) Chapter 6, part 12B applies to the relevant money even if—

(a) the award of damages forming the relevant money was for a civil wrong committed by a protected defendant against the person before the commencement; or

(b) the award of compensation forming the relevant money was for a contravention of the Anti-Discrimination Act committed by a protected defendant against the person before the commencement.

pt 2 (ss 478C–478F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 8 478F Legal costs of victim claims brought before commencement Section 319ZL only applies to the legal costs of a victim claim started after the commencement. pt 2 (ss 478C–478F) ins 2008 No. 53 s 8 Part 3 Transitional provision for Criminal Code and Other Acts Amendment Act 2008 pt hdg ins 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch 479 Reference in sch 1 to Criminal Code provision Schedule 1 applies as if the reference to the Criminal Code, section 208 included a reference to the Criminal Code, section 209 as in force at any time before its repeal by the Criminal Code and Other Acts Amendment Act 2008. s 479 (prev s 478C) ins 2008 No. 55 s 150 sch renum and reloc 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch Part 4 Transitional provisions for Corrective Services and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2009 pt hdg ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 480 Definitions for pt 4 In this part— amending Act means the Corrective Services and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2009. commencement means the commencement of this part. previous, if followed by a provision number, means the provision of that number as in force immediately before the commencement. s 480 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 481 Existing order for reintegration leave (1) This section applies to an order granting reintegration leave to a prisoner under previous section 72 (1) (e) if the order was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) The order continues in force according to its terms. (3) This Act continues to apply for the reintegration leave as if the amending Act had not been enacted. s 481 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 482 Existing order for resettlement leave (1) This section applies to an order granting resettlement leave to a prisoner under previous section 72 (1) (f) if the order was in force immediately before the commencement. (2) The order continues in force according to its terms. (3) This Act continues to apply for the resettlement leave as if the amending Act had not been enacted. s 482 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 483 Existing approved resettlement leave programs (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) a resettlement leave program for a prisoner was approved under previous section 76 (1) or 77 (1); and

(b) the resettlement leave program had not ended.

(2) This Act continues to apply for the resettlement leave program and the prisoner’s resettlement leave as if the amending Act had not been enacted. Example— Previous section 72 (1) (f) continues to apply for leave for the prisoner to participate in the resettlement leave program. s 483 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 484 Existing applications for approval of resettlement leave programs (1) This section applies if, before the commencement—

(a) a prisoner applied for approval of a resettlement leave program under previous section 75 (1); and

(b) the application had not been decided.

(2) This Act continues to apply as if the amending Act had not been enacted for—

(a) deciding the application; and

(b) if the approval is granted—any resettlement leave program and the prisoner’s resettlement leave under the program.

s 484 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 485 Previous expectations of prisoner about reintegration leave or resettlement leave (1) This section applies if, before the commencement, a prescribed prisoner had an expectation to be granted—

(a) reintegration leave under previous section 72 (1) (e); or

(b) resettlement leave under previous section 72 (1) (f).

(2) Subject to subsection (3), the expectation is extinguished. (3) A proceeding started before the commencement, and pending at the commencement, may be continued as if the amending Act had not been enacted. (4) If the outcome of the proceeding is that the prescribed prisoner is to be granted leave mentioned in subsection (1), this Act applies for the leave as if the amending Act had not been enacted. (5) In this section— prescribed prisoner means a prisoner other than a prisoner to whom any of the following applies—

(a) an order mentioned in section 481 or 482;

(b) a resettlement leave program mentioned in section 483;

proceeding means a proceeding—

(a) under the Judicial Review Act 1991 in relation to a decision made under this Act; or

(b) for an offence against a provision of this Act.

s 485 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 486 Application of ss 185A and 199(5) (1) Despite sections 185A and 199 (5), a proceeding started before the commencement, and pending at the commencement, in relation to the issue of a court ordered parole order under section 199 (1) for a prescribed prisoner may be continued as if the amending Act had not been enacted. (2) If the outcome of the proceeding is that the court ordered parole order must be issued for the prescribed prisoner, this Act applies for the prescribed prisoner’s court ordered parole as if the amending Act had not been enacted. (3) In this section— prescribed prisoner means a prisoner to whom section 185A applies. proceeding means a proceeding under the Judicial Review Act 1991 . s 486 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 487 Application of previous s 193 (5) (1) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), previous section 193 (5) does not apply, and is taken never to have applied, to a prisoner’s application for a parole order made on or after 1 July 2001. (2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4) if, before the commencement, a prisoner had any entitlement or expectation in relation to a parole board’s failure to make a decision in accordance with previous section 193 (5), the entitlement or expectation is extinguished. (3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not affect a decision of a court made before the commencement in relation to the validity of a parole board’s decision on a prisoner’s application for a parole order. (4) Also, subsections (1) and (2) do not affect a decision of the Queensland board under section 198, made before the commencement, in relation to a decision a regional board was taken to have made under previous section 193 (5). s 487 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 488 Declarations for s 209 (1) On and from 28 August 2006, a prisoner’s parole order is taken not to have been automatically cancelled under a previous automatic cancellation provision if—

(a) the prisoner was sentenced to another term or period of imprisonment as mentioned in the provision; and

(b) the term or period was limited to a term or period of imprisonment until the court rises.

(2) Subsection (3) applies if, before the commencement, a prisoner subject to a parole order was sentenced to a term or period of imprisonment ordered by a court to be served until the court rises. (3) To remove any doubt, it is declared that anything done or purportedly done, or any omission made or purportedly made, under this Act or the repealed Corrective Services Act 2000 in reliance on the automatic cancellation of the parole order, before the commencement, under a previous automatic cancellation provision is and always was valid. (4) Subsection (3) does not affect a decision of a court made before the commencement in relation to, or based on, a previous automatic cancellation provision. (5) In this section— previous automatic cancellation provision means—

(a) previous section 209; or

(b) the repealed Corrective Services Act 2000 , section 151.

s 488 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 489 Application of s 245 For applying section 245 after the commencement, a reference in the section to—

(a) an approval of a resettlement leave program; or

(b) an approved resettlement leave program;

is taken to be a reference to an approval of a resettlement leave program, or to an approved resettlement leave program, under this Act as in force before the commencement. s 489 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 490 Declarations for ss 311 and 311A (1) This section applies to anything done or any omission made by the chief executive in relation to a prisoner’s money on or after 20 June 2008 but before the commencement (the previous dealing). (2) It is declared that the previous dealing is as valid, and is taken always to have been as valid, as it would be if it were done or made under section 311 or 311A after the commencement. s 490 ins 2009 No. 30 s 39 Part 5 Transitional provision for Criminal Law Amendment Act 2012 pt 5 (s 490A) ins 2012 No. 19 s 8 490A Application of amendment Act (1) For section 181 (2) (a) as inserted by the amendment Act, a prisoner’s parole eligibility day continues to be the day after the day on which the prisoner has served 20 years or the longer time ordered under the Criminal Code, section 305 (2) if—

(a) the Criminal Code, section 305 (2) as amended by the amendment Act did not apply on sentence; but

(b) that section as it existed before the commencement applied on sentence.

(2) Section 181 (2) (c) as inserted by the amendment Act only applies to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for life for an offence of murder committed after the commencement. (3) In this section— amendment Act means the Criminal Law Amendment Act 2012 . commencement means the commencement of the amendment Act, section 7. pt 5 (s 490A) ins 2012 No. 19 s 8 Part 6 Transitional provision for Police Powers and Responsibilities (Motor Vehicle Impoundment) and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2013 pt 6 (s 490B) ins 2013 No. 15 s 84 490B Application of amendment Act (1) Section 13 (1A) as inserted by the amendment Act applies to a prisoner with a high security classification—

(a) who is being detained on remand for an offence; and

(b) is not serving a term of imprisonment for another offence; and

(2) In this section— amendment Act means the Police Powers and Responsibilities (Motor Vehicle Impoundment) and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2013 . commencement means the commencement of this part. pt 6 (s 490B) ins 2013 No. 15 s 84 Part 7 Transitional provision for Criminal Law and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2013 pt 7 (s 490C) ins 2013 No. 31 s 11 490C Application of amendment Act Section 182A applies only to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for a drug trafficking offence committed after the commencement of that section. pt 7 (s 490C) ins 2013 No. 31 s 11 Part 8 Transitional provision for Safe Night Out Legislation Amendment Act 2014 pt 8 (s 490D) ins 2014 No. 42 s 11 490D Application of s 182A Section 182A applies to a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for a drug trafficking offence only if the act or omission constituting the offence occurred wholly on or after 13 August 2013. pt 8 (s 490D) ins 2014 No. 42 s 11 Chapter 7B TRANSITIONAL PROVISION FOR CRIMINAL CODE AND OTHER ACTS AMENDMENT ACT 2008 ch hdg ins 2008 No. 55 s 150 sch om 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch Chapter 8 Repeal ch hdg amd 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch ch 8 pt 1 hdg om 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch 491 Repeal The Corrective Services Act 2000 No. 63 is repealed. s 491 (prev s 479) renum 2009 No. 30 s 3 sch Schedule 1 Sexual offences schedule 4, definition sexual offence Classification of Computer Games and Images Act 1995 section 23 (Demonstration of an objectionable computer game before a minor) section 26 (3) (Possession of objectionable computer game) section 27 (3) (Making objectionable computer game) section 27 (4) (Making objectionable computer game) section 28 (Obtaining minor for objectionable computer game)

Classification of Films Act 1991 section 41 (3) (Possession of objectionable film) section 42 (3) (Making objectionable film) section 42 (4) (Making objectionable film) section 43 (Procurement of minor for objectionable film)

Classification of Publications Act 1991 section 12 (Sale etc. of prohibited publication or child abuse photograph) section 13 (Possession of prohibited publication) section 14 (Possession of child abuse publication or child abuse photograph) section 15 (Exhibition or display of prohibited publication or child abuse photograph) section 16 (Leaving prohibited publication or child abuse photograph in or on public place) section 17 (Producing prohibited publication) section 18 (Procurement of minor for RC publication or child abuse photograph) section 20 (Leaving prohibited publication or child abuse photograph in or on private premises)

Crimes Act 1914 (Cwlth) section 50BA (Sexual intercourse with child under 16) section 50BB (Inducing child under 16 to engage in sexual intercourse) section 50BC (Sexual conduct involving child under 16) section 50BD (Inducing child under 16 to be involved in sexual conduct) section 50DA (Benefiting from offence against this Part) section 50DB (Encouraging offence against this Part)

Criminal Code section 208 (Unlawful sodomy) section 210 (Indecent treatment of children under 16) section 211 (Bestiality) section 213 (Owner etc. permitting abuse of children on premises) section 215 (Carnal knowledge with or of children under 16) section 216 (Abuse of persons with an impairment of the mind) section 217 (Procuring young person etc. for carnal knowledge) section 218 (Procuring sexual acts by coercion etc.) section 218A (Using internet etc. to procure children under 16) section 218B (Grooming children under 16) section 219 (Taking child for immoral purposes) section 221 (Conspiracy to defile) section 222 (Incest) section 228 (Obscene publications and exhibitions) section 228A (Involving child in making child exploitation material) section 228B (Making child exploitation material) section 228C (Distributing child exploitation material) section 228D (Possessing child exploitation material) section 229B (Maintaining a sexual relationship with a child) section 229L (Permitting young person etc. to be at place used for prostitution) section 349 (Rape) section 350 (Attempt to commit rape) section 351 (Assault with intent to commit rape) section 352 (Sexual assaults)

Criminal Code provisions repealed by Criminal Law Amendment Act 1997 section 208 (Unlawful anal intercourse) section 221 (Conspiracy to defile) section 222 (Incest by man)

Criminal Code (Cwlth) section 270.6 (Sexual servitude offences) section 270.7 (Deceptive recruiting for sexual services)

Customs Act 1901 (Cwlth) section 233BAB (Special offence relating to tier 2 goods)

sch 1 amd 2008 No. 55 s 150 sch; 2013 No. 14 s 54 sch Schedule 2 Continuing provisions of Corrective Services Act 2000 section 478 268A All release to be dealt with under this Act (1) This section applies to a prisoner sentenced for an offence committed before 1 July 2001, whether or not the prisoner was sentenced for the offence before 1 July 2001. (2) On and from 1 July 2001—

(a) chapters 2 and 5 are the only provisions under which the prisoner may be released before the end of the period of imprisonment to which the prisoner was sentenced; and

(b) the only requirements for the granting of the release are the requirements that apply under this Act.

(3) If, before 1 July 2001, the prisoner had any expectation to be able, after 1 July 2001, to be released before, or to be considered for a release taking effect before, the end of the period of imprisonment to which the prisoner was sentenced, the expectation is extinguished to the extent that the release is not provided for under subsection (2). Examples of operation of subsections (2) and (3)—

1 Suppose before 1 July 2001 a prisoner had an expectation to be released on home detention on 1 August 2001 under section 86 of the repealed Corrective Services Act 1988 . However, by applying subsection (2), the prisoner could only expect to be released under chapter 5 on 1 December 2001, having regard to the requirements of section 135 (2). Subsection (3) extinguishes the prisoner’s expectation to be released on 1 August 2001 without affecting any expectation the prisoner may have to be released on 1 December 2001 under chapter 5.

2 Suppose before 1 July 2001 a prisoner had an expectation to be considered for release on home detention under section 86 of the repealed Corrective Services Act 1988 , the release to take effect on 1 August 2001. However, by applying subsection (2), the prisoner could only expect to be considered for release under chapter 5, with, having regard to the requirements of section 135 (2), the release to take effect on 1 December 2001. Subsection (3) extinguishes the prisoner’s expectation to be considered for release to take effect on 1 August 2001 without affecting any expectation the prisoner may have to be considered for release under chapter 5, with the release to take effect on 1 December 2001.

(4) Subsections (2) and (3) apply in relation to an application made by the prisoner and dealt with on or after 1 July 2001 even if the application was made before 1 July 2001. (5) If a form of release for which the prisoner made an application before 1 July 2001 corresponds to a form of release that, after 1 July 2001, is available under chapter 5, the application must be dealt with, to the greatest practicable extent, as an application for the form of release under chapter 5, but this subsection does not authorise release before a date prescribed by section 135. (6) This section prevails to the extent it is inconsistent with section 268 or 273. (7) In this section— expectation includes right, privilege, entitlement and eligibility. 268B Further provisions about transitional release circumstances (1) Section 268A has no effect in relation to—

(a) a post-prison community based release order granted on or after 1 July 2001 but before 30 October 2001 on the basis of an application made before 1 July 2001 for a form of release that corresponds to a form of release available under chapter 5; or

(b) a decision made by a court before 30 October 2001 upholding, in action brought by a particular prisoner, that prisoner’s expectation to be released, or to be considered for release; or

(c) the terms of a release instrument made before 1 July 2001, or any decision relating to the making of the release instrument, giving a prisoner an expectation to be further released after, or to be considered for a further release taking effect after, 1 July 2001.

Example for subsection (1) (c)— Suppose on 1 June 2001 a prisoner was released on leave of absence to engage in employment (commonly known as ‘leave of absence (release to work)’). The terms of the release instrument included a statement that the prisoner would be considered for release on home detention after the prisoner had successfully completed 3 months release to work. Section 268A has no effect on the statement’s operation. (2) For giving effect to terms mentioned in subsection (1) (c), a prisoner may be released at any time the prisoner may have been released under the terms if the repealed Corrective Services Act 1988 had not been repealed. (3) Subject to subsections (1) and (2) and without limiting section 268A, any requirement that may have existed after the repeal of the repealed Corrective Services Act 1988 and before the commencement of this section that a person be dealt with in a way inconsistent with section 135 (2) is extinguished. (4) Section 268A and subsection (3) prevail to the extent they are inconsistent with the Acts Interpretation Act 1954 , sections 20 and 20C (3), the Criminal Code, section 11 (2), the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 180 (1) or any other law of similar effect. (5) In this section— expectation includes right, privilege, entitlement and eligibility. release instrument means an instrument under which a prisoner was released. 268C Counting time if parole cancelled before 1 July 2001 (1) This section applies if, before 1 July 2001—

(a) a person was sentenced to imprisonment and subsequently was released on parole as provided for under a previous Act; and

(b) the person’s parole was cancelled as provided for under a previous Act, whether by order or otherwise.

(2) It is declared that no part of the time, including any time on or after 1 July 2001, between the person’s release on parole and the person recommencing to serve the unexpired portion of the person’s period of imprisonment is to be regarded as time served in respect of that period of imprisonment (other than any period during which the person was kept in custody consequent upon the person’s parole being suspended under a previous Act). (3) For subsection (2), the following are irrelevant—

(a) whether any relevant warrant is or was issued or executed in relation to the person before, on or after 1 July 2001;

(b) whether any relevant warrant is or was executed in Queensland or elsewhere;

(c) whether particular provisions of this Act were applied to the person for a particular matter, including, for example, giving an information notice under section 150.

(4) Further, it is declared that subsection (2) is, and has always been, the law about the matters it deals with, and that law was unaffected by the enactment of sections 152 (2), 268 and 268A. (5) In this section— previous Act means—

(a) the Corrective Services Act 1988 ; or

(b) the Offenders Probation and Parole Act 1980 ; or

274E Classified patient taken to be prisoner A person is taken to have been a prisoner for chapter 5, part 1 if, during the period starting on 28 February 2002 and ending on the commencement of this section, the person was—

(a) a classified patient being detained in an authorised mental health service under the Mental Health Act 2000 ; and

(b) serving a period of imprisonment.

Schedule 4 Dictionary section 4 2000 Act see section 356. access approval, for a visitor, see section 155 (1). accredited visitor means—

(a) the Minister; or

(b) a member of the Legislative Assembly; or

(d) a member of a parole board; or

(e) the ombudsman; or

(f) an inspector, including the chief inspector; or

(g) an official visitor; or

(h) a community visitor (child) under the Public Guardian Act 2014 ; or

(i) a child advocacy officer under the Public Guardian Act 2014 .

def accredited visitor amd 2014 No. 26 s 213 agency arrangement, for chapter 6, part 13A, see section 344B. def agency arrangement ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 amending Act, for chapter 7A, part 4, see section 480. def amending Act ins 2009 No. 30 s 40(2) Anti-Discrimination Act means the Anti-Discrimination Act 1991. def Anti-Discrimination Act ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 applied discipline procedure see section 406 (2). appointed member means—

(a) for the Queensland board—a member of the board appointed under section 218 (1) (a) or (b); or

(b) for a regional board—a member of the board appointed under section 232 (1) (a), (b) or (c).

appropriately qualified, for a person appointed to a position or to whom functions or powers are delegated, includes having the qualifications, experience or standing appropriate—

(a) to perform the functions or exercise the powers of the position; or

(b) to perform the delegated functions or exercise the delegated powers.

Example of standing— a person’s classification level in the public service approved, other than for an approved resettlement leave program, means approved by the chief executive. approved form means a form approved under section 354. approved resettlement leave program means a resettlement leave program approved under section 76 (1) or 77 (1) as in force before the commencement of the Corrective Services and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2009 , section 11. def approved resettlement leave program amd 2009 No. 30 s 40(3) authorised functions, for an engaged service provider, see section 272 (1). authorised mental health service means an authorised mental health service under the Mental Health Act 2000 . award of compensation, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def award of compensation ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 award of damages, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def award of damages ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 biometric identification system means an electronic system used to collect and store data about an individual’s biometric information in a way that enables the data to be used to identify the individual. def biometric identification system ins 2016 No. 42 s 12 biometric information, for an individual, means the following information—

(a) a photograph of the individual;

(b) information taken from the individual’s hands, feet, eyes or voice by way of a scan or print, including, for example, fingerprints, vein patterns, footprints or toeprints.

def biometric information ins 2016 No. 42 s 12 body search, of a prisoner, means a search of the prisoner’s body, including an examination of an orifice or cavity of the prisoner’s body. breach of discipline means an act or omission prescribed under section 113 (1) as a breach of discipline. charge, for chapter 6, part 13, division 2, see section 327. chief inspector means the person who holds appointment as chief inspector under section 296. child in care means a child—

(a) who is in the custody or guardianship of the child protection chief executive; or

(b) who, under an agreement entered into by the child protection chief executive and a parent of the child, has been placed in the care of someone other than a parent of the child.

child protection chief executive means the chief executive of the department in which the Child Protection Act 1999 is administered. child support registrar, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def child support registrar ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 collection entity, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def collection entity ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 commencement—

(a) for chapter 7, see section 356; or

(b) for chapter 7A, see section 480.

def commencement sub 2009 No. 30 s 40(1)–(2) commissioner means the commissioner of the police service. community based order means—

(a) a community service order; or

(b) a fine option order; or

(d) a probation order.

community corrections centre means a place declared to be a community corrections centre under section 151 (1) (a) (i). community corrective services means services—

(a) for offenders who are not prisoners; or

(b) provided at a probation and parole office.

community service means an activity declared to be community service under section 270 (1). community service leave see section 72 (1) (a). community service order means a community service order under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . community service supervisor see section 270 (2). compassionate leave see section 72 (1) (b). conditional release means release under a conditional release order. conditional release order see section 98 (1). confidential information see section 341 (4). contact visit means a personal visit during which there is direct contact between the prisoner and personal visitor. contemporaneous communication link means a link using technology that allows persons using the link to hear and take part in discussions as they happen. Example of technology— videoconferencing conviction, for the definition criminal history, means a finding of guilt by a court, or the acceptance of a plea of guilty by a court, whether or not a conviction is recorded. corrections board, for sections 432 (1) and 442 (1) (a), means a corrections board within the meaning of the 2000 Act. corrective services means—

(a) community corrective services; or

(b) custodial corrective services.

corrective services dog means a dog certified under section 279 as a corrective services dog. corrective services facility means—

(a) a prison; or

(b) a community corrections centre; or

corrective services officer means a person who holds appointment as a corrective services officer under section 275. corresponding interstate leave permit means a permit, issued under a corresponding law, that corresponds to an interstate leave permit. corresponding law means a law declared under section 96 to be a corresponding law for chapter 2, part 2, division 9. corrupt conduct see the Crime and Corruption Act 2001 , section 15. def corrupt conduct ins 2014 No. 21 s 94(2) sch 2 COSO see section 65A. def COSO ins 2013 No. 64 s 19 court includes—

(a) a court exercising appellate jurisdiction; and

(b) any justice or justices of the peace examining witnesses in relation to an indictable offence.

court order includes the order of a tribunal. court ordered parole order means an order issued by the chief executive under section 199 in accordance with a court order under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 160B (3) fixing the date for the prisoner to be released on parole. criminal history, of a person, means all of the following—

(a) every conviction of the person for an offence, in Queensland or elsewhere, and whether before or after the commencement of this section;

(b) every charge made against the person for an offence, in Queensland or elsewhere, and whether before or after the commencement of this section;

Criminal Offence Victims Act ... def Criminal Offence Victims Act ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 om 2009 No. 35 s 201(1) criminal organisation has the meaning given under the Criminal Code, section 1. def criminal organisation ins 2013 No. 64 s 19 criminal organisation segregation order see section 65A. def criminal organisation segregation order ins 2013 No. 64 s 19 custodial corrective services means services for prisoners in a corrective services facility. dangerous drug, for chapter 6, part 13A, see section 344B. def dangerous drug ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 deciding officer means—

(a) for a minor breach of discipline—a corrective services officer, whether or not the officer is the same officer who decided under section 113 to start proceedings for the breach; or

(b) for a major breach of discipline—a corrective services officer who holds a more senior position than the corrective services officer who decided under section 113 to start proceedings for the breach.

detained means detained in custody. detained dangerous prisoner (sexual offender) means a prisoner subject to a continuing detention order or interim detention order under the Dangerous Prisoners (Sexual Offenders) Act 2003 . disbursements, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def disbursements ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 discharge, for either of the following persons, means unconditionally release the person from lawful custody—

(a) a prisoner;

(b) a person mentioned in section 110 (1) (a) (ii).

discharge day, for either of the following persons, means the day on which the person is eligible to be discharged—

(a) a prisoner;

(b) a person mentioned in section 110 (1) (a) (ii).

drug control direction, for chapter 6, part 13A, see section 344B. def drug control direction ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 drug control officer, for chapter 6, part 13A, see section 344B. def drug control officer ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 drug trafficking offence means—

(a) an offence against the Drugs Misuse Act 1986 , section 5; or

(b) an offence of counselling or procuring the commission of, or attempting or conspiring to commit, an offence mentioned in paragraph (a).

def drug trafficking offence ins 2013 No. 31 s 12 drug vault, for chapter 6, part 13A, see section 344B. def drug vault ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 early discharge means discharge under section 108 (3) or 110. educational leave see section 72 (1) (c). eligible entity claim, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319ZC (3). def eligible entity claim ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 eligible person, in relation to a prisoner, means a person included on the eligible persons register as an eligible person in relation to the prisoner. eligible persons register means the register kept under section 320 (1). eligible victim claim, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319X (3). def eligible victim claim ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 engaged by the department means each of the following persons—

(a) a public service employee in the department;

(b) an honorary officer;

(d) a person working in the department as a volunteer or as a student on work experience.

engaged service provider see section 272 (1). entity claim, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319Z. def entity claim ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 escape includes being unlawfully at large. exceptional circumstances parole order means a parole order mentioned in section 194 (2). existing regional board means a regional community corrections board in existence under the 2000 Act immediately before the commencement of section 438. expectation includes right, privilege, entitlement and eligibility. finally decided, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def finally decided ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 financial assistance agreement see section 252 (1). fine option order means a fine option order under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . general clothes means clothes that are not an inner garment or outer garment. general search, of a person, means a search—

(a) to reveal the contents of the person’s outer garments, general clothes or hand luggage without touching the person or the luggage; or

(b) in which the person may be required to—

(i) open his or her hands or mouth for visual inspection; or

(ii) shake his or her hair vigorously.

grantee means the grantee of a grant of financial assistance under chapter 6, part 1. grievous bodily harm see the Criminal Code, section 1. health leave see section 72 (1) (d). identified participant, in a criminal organisation, means a person who is identified by the commissioner as a participant in the criminal organisation. def identified participant ins 2013 No. 64 s 19 immediate family member, of a person, means the person’s spouse, child, stepchild, parent, step-parent, brother, sister, stepbrother, stepsister, grandparent or legal guardian. in, a corrective services facility, includes at or on the facility. incident means—

(a) the death (other than by natural causes), or the serious injury, of someone who is—

(i) in a corrective services facility; or

(ii) subject to a community based order or parole order and under the direct personal supervision of a corrective services officer; or Example— A prisoner is one of a group of prisoners repairing a hall as part of community service performed under the direct personal supervision of a corrective services officer. If the prisoner cuts off a finger with a power saw, the injury is an incident even though the officer was helping another prisoner at the time of the incident. However, if a prisoner cuts off a finger with a power saw while doing home renovations while on parole, and a corrective services officer is not at the home at the time, the injury is not an incident.

(b) an escape or attempted escape from secure custody; or

(d) another event involving prisoners that the chief executive considers requires being investigated by inspectors.

information notice, about a decision of the chief executive, means a written notice that includes the following—

(a) the decision;

(b) the chief executive’s reasons for the decision;

inner garment means a garment worn underneath general clothes, including, for example, underwear. inspector means a person, including the chief inspector, who holds an appointment as an inspector under section 294. intensive correction order means an intensive correction order under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . interstate escort see section 94 (1). interstate leave permit see section 89 (1). interstate prisoner means a person who, under a corresponding law, is a prisoner. law enforcement agency means—

(a) the Crime and Corruption Commission, a commission of inquiry under the Commissions of Inquiry Act 1950 , or the police service; or

(b) the Australian Federal Police; or

(d) a police force or service of another State; or

(e) another entity declared under a regulation to be a law enforcement agency.

def law enforcement agency amd 2014 No. 21 s 94(2) sch 2 leave of absence means any of the following—

(a) community service leave;

(b) compassionate leave;

(d) health leave;

(e) reintegration leave granted under section 72 (1) (e) as in force before the commencement of the Corrective Services and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2009 , section 10 (1);

(f) resettlement leave granted under section 72 (1) (f) as in force before the commencement of the Corrective Services and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2009 , section 10 (1);

(g) leave mentioned in section 72 (1) (e).

def leave of absence amd 2009 No. 30 s 40(4) legal visitor, of a prisoner, means a visitor of the prisoner who is—

(a) the prisoner’s lawyer; or

(b) a person authorised in writing by the prisoner’s lawyer to act for the lawyer.

lethal force means force that is likely to cause death or grievous bodily harm. mail includes documents received at or sent from a corrective services facility, including, for example, by fax or another apparatus. major breach of discipline means a breach of discipline decided under section 113 to be proceeded with as a major breach of discipline. maximum security order see section 60 (1). maximum security unit means a facility for the accommodation of prisoners at a prison that is designed and constructed so that—

(a) prisoners accommodated in the facility are totally separated from all other prisoners at the prison; and

(b) some or all of the prisoners accommodated in the facility can be totally separated from all other prisoners accommodated in the facility.

medical examination or treatment includes psychiatric examination or treatment. minor breach of discipline means a breach of discipline decided under section 113 to be proceeded with as a minor breach of discipline. most recent parole application see section 196 (1). non-contact visit means a personal visit during which there is no direct physical contact between the prisoner and the personal visitor. nurse means a person registered under the Health Practitioner Regulation National Law—

(a) to practise in the nursing and midwifery profession, other than as a student; and

(b) in the registered nurses division of that profession.

def nurse sub 2010 No. 14 s 124 sch offence means an offence against an Act. offender means—

(a) a prisoner; or

(b) a person who is subject to—

(i) a community based order; or

(ii) a conditional release order.

official misconduct ... def official misconduct om 2014 No. 21 s 94(2) sch 2 official visitor means a person who holds an appointment as an official visitor under section 285. ordinary mail means mail other than privileged mail. outer garment means an overcoat, jacket, jumper, hat or other item that can be removed without exposing an inner garment. owner, of a seized thing, includes a person who had lawful possession of the thing immediately before its seizure. parent, of a child, see the Child Protection Act 1999 , section 11. parole board—

(a) for chapter 5, part 1, division 5, subdivision 2, see section 204; or

(b) otherwise, means—

(i) the Queensland board; or

(ii) a regional board.

parole eligibility date, for a prisoner, means the parole eligibility date applying to the prisoner under chapter 5, part 1, division 1, subdivision 2. parole order—

(a) means a parole order mentioned in section 194 or a court ordered parole order; and

(b) for chapter 5, part 1, division 1, subdivision 2—see section 178; and

Note— Under the Youth Justice Act 1992, sections 276E and 276F the provisions of this Act that apply to a parole order also apply to a statutory parole order under those sections of that Act. def parole order sub 2016 No. 39 s 8 parole period means the period during which a prisoner is released on parole. participant, in a criminal organisation, means a participant in the organisation within the meaning of the Criminal Code, section 60A (3). def participant ins 2013 No. 64 s 19 participating State means a State in which a corresponding law is in force. period of imprisonment see the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 4. person, for chapter 3, part 3, see section 125. personal search, of a prisoner, means a search in which light pressure is momentarily applied to the prisoner over his or her general clothes without direct contact being made with—

(a) the prisoner’s genital or anal areas; or

(b) for a female prisoner—the prisoner’s breasts.

personal visit means a visit of a prisoner by a personal visitor of the prisoner. personal visitor, of a prisoner, means a visitor of the prisoner who is—

(a) a relative of the prisoner; or

(b) a person who the chief executive is satisfied has a personal relationship with the prisoner.

positive test sample means a test sample that shows a prisoner has used a substance that is a prohibited thing. potential claimant, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def potential claimant ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 prescribed requirement means a requirement prescribed under section 256 (1). previous, if followed by a provision number—

(a) for chapter 7, see section 356; or

(b) for chapter 7A, part 4, see section 480.

def previous sub 2009 No. 30 s 40(1)–(2) primary care giver, for a child, means a person—

(a) with whom the child is required to live under a court order, whether or not the person is the child’s parent; or

(b) who is the sole provider of ongoing daily care for the child.

primary school includes a full-time preparatory year of education. prison means a place declared to be a prison under section 149 (1). prisoner—

1 Prisoner—

(a) means a person who is in the chief executive’s custody, including a person who is released on parole; and

(b) for chapter 5, part 1, includes a classified patient under the Mental Health Act 2000 who is serving a period of imprisonment.

2 However, prisoner does not include a person who is released on parole, or a supervised dangerous prisoner (sexual offender), for the following provisions—

• sections 12 to 24, 28 to 40 and 43

• chapter 2, part 2, divisions 4 to 9A

• chapter 3, parts 1 and 2

• chapter 4, parts 2 and 4

• chapter 6, parts 5, 6 and 11.

3 Also, prisoner does not include a detained dangerous prisoner (sexual offender) for the following provisions—

• chapter 2, part 2, division 8, subdivision 2

• chapter 2, part 2, division 10 or 11

• chapter 5.

def prisoner amd 2009 No. 30 s 40(5)–(6) prisoner facilities means the common areas provided in a corrective services facility for access by prisoners. prisoner information see section 320 (1). prisoner of a court or prisoner of the court means a person who is in the custody of a court. prisoner’s account means a prisoner’s account in the prisoners trust fund. prisoner’s agent does not include a lawyer. prisoner’s mail means mail sent to, or by, a prisoner. prisoner’s property see section 317 (1). prisoners trust fund means the trust fund kept under section 311. privileged mail means mail sent to, or by, a person who is prescribed under a regulation. privileges, for a prisoner, means privileges prescribed under a regulation for a prisoner. def privileges sub 2009 No. 30 s 40(1)–(2) probation and parole office means an office where an offender subject to a parole order or community based order may be required to report to a corrective services officer. probation order means a probation order under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . prohibited thing means something prescribed to be a prohibited thing under section 123 (1). proper officer, of a court, means—

(a) for the Supreme Court sitting at Brisbane or the Court of Appeal—the sheriff; or

(b) for the Supreme Court sitting somewhere else—the person performing the duties of sheriff at the place where the court is sitting; or

(d) for a court constituted by a magistrate or justice of the peace—the clerk of the court at the place where the court is sitting.

protected defendant see section 319A. def protected defendant ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 psychologist means a person registered under the Health Practitioner Regulation National Law to practise in the psychology profession, other than as a student. def psychologist sub 2010 No. 14 s 124 sch public sector entity means an agency, authority, commission, corporation, department, instrumentality, office, or other entity, established under an Act for a public or State purpose, including a government owned corporation. public trustee see the Public Trustee Act 1978 , section 6. def public trustee ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 Queensland board means the Queensland Parole Board established under section 216. reasonably believes means believes on grounds that are reasonable in the circumstances. reasonably considers means considers on grounds that are reasonable in the circumstances. reasonably suspects means suspects on grounds that are reasonable in the circumstances. regional board means a regional parole board established under section 230. register, for chapter 6, part 13, means the register mentioned in section 320. register of dangerous drugs for training, for chapter 6, part 13A, see section 344B. def register of dangerous drugs for training ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 reintegration leave ... def reintegration leave om 2009 No. 30 s 40(1) relative, of a prisoner, includes a person who was, immediately before the prisoner was imprisoned, the prisoner’s spouse. released means—

(a) released on parole; or

(b) released from a corrective services facility subject to the conditions of a conditional release order.

released on parole means released from a corrective services facility subject to the conditions of a parole order. relevant award, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def relevant award ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 relevant money, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def relevant money ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 relevant person, for chapter 6, part 12A, see section 319A. def relevant person ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 relevant person, for chapter 6, part 13, division 2, see section 327. religious visitor means a person who visits a prison to provide religious services or instruction for prisoners. repealed Acts means—

(a) the Corrective Services Act 2000 ; and

(b) the Corrective Services Act 1988 ; and

replacement board means—

(a) for the Queensland Community Corrections Board established under the Corrective Services Act 2000 —the Queensland board; or

(b) for an existing regional board mentioned in section 438 (1) (a), (b) or (c)—the Central and Northern Queensland Regional Parole Board; or

(c) for an existing regional board mentioned in section 438 (2) (a), (b) or (c)—the Southern Queensland Regional Parole Board.

resettlement leave ... def resettlement leave om 2009 No. 30 s 40(1) resettlement leave eligibility date ... def resettlement leave eligibility date om 2009 No. 30 s 40(1) safety order see section 53 (1). scanning search means a search of a person by electronic or other means that does not require a person to remove his or her general clothes or to be touched by another person. Examples of a scanning search—

• using a portable electronic apparatus or another portable apparatus that can be passed over the person

• using an electronic apparatus through which the person is required to pass

• using a corrective services dog trained to detect the scent of a substance that is a prohibited thing

search, a prisoner’s mail, means search by—

(a) an electronic scanning device; or

(b) a physical search.

search requiring the removal of clothing, of a prisoner, means a search in which the prisoner removes all garments during the course of the search, but in which direct contact is not made with the prisoner. secure custody, in relation to a prisoner, means—

(a) a secure facility; or

(b) a vehicle being used to transport the prisoner; or

secure facility, for chapter 6, part 13A, see section 344B. def secure facility ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 secure facility means a prison with a perimeter fence that is designed to stop the escape of a prisoner. security classification, for a prisoner, means the classification decided for the prisoner under section 12, 13, 14 or 16. sentence, of a person, for chapter 6, part 13, division 2, means any penalty or imprisonment ordered to be paid or served, or any other order made, by a court after the person is convicted of an offence. sentencing court, for a prisoner, means—

(a) the court that sentenced the prisoner to the term of imprisonment the prisoner is serving; or

(b) if the prisoner is serving more than 1 term of imprisonment—each court that sentenced the prisoner to a term of imprisonment the prisoner is serving.

separate confinement, in relation to a prisoner, means the separation of the prisoner from other prisoners. serious offence, for sections 334 and 339, means—

(a) an offence against the Drugs Misuse Act 1986 ; or

(b) an offence against the Criminal Code (Cwlth), chapter 9, part 9.1; or

(c) an offence of counselling or procuring the commission of, or attempting or conspiring to commit, an offence mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b).

serious violent offence means a serious violent offence under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 . serious violent offender means a prisoner who is serving a term of imprisonment for a serious violent offence. sexual offence means an offence mentioned in schedule 1. special need, of an offender, means a need the offender has, compared to the general offender population, because of the offender’s—

(a) age; or

(b) disability; or

(d) cultural background.

Example of a need— the culturally specific needs of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander prisoners SPER, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def SPER ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 SPER registrar, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def SPER registrar ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 staff member means —

(a) an employee of—

(i) the department; or

(ii) an engaged service provider; or

(b) a corrective services officer.

supervised dangerous prisoner (sexual offender) means a prisoner subject to a supervision order or interim supervision order under the Dangerous Prisoners (Sexual Offenders) Act 2003 . suspend—

(a) for chapter 2, part 2, division 10, subdivision 3, see section 102; or

(b) for chapter 5, part 1, division 5, subdivision 2, see section 204.

temporary safety order see section 58 (1). term of imprisonment see the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 4. test sample means a sample of blood, breath, hair, saliva or urine. tribunal, for chapter 6, part 12A, see section 319A. def tribunal ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 unlawfully at large, in relation to a prisoner, means the prisoner remains in the community after—

(a) any of the following has been suspended or cancelled or has expired or is otherwise no longer in force—

(i) an order granted under section 72 for leave of absence;

(ii) an interstate leave permit;

(iii) a work order; or

(b) any of the following has been suspended or cancelled—

(i) a conditional release order;

(ii) a parole order; or

(c) the prisoner fails to report to a probation and parole office and obtain a copy of the prisoner’s court ordered parole order as required under the Penalties and Sentences Act 1992 , section 160G (3).

victim claim, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319S (1). def victim claim ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 Victims of Crime Assistance Act means the Victims of Crime Assistance Act 2009 . def Victims of Crime Assistance Act ins 2009 No. 35 s 201(2) victim trust fund, for chapter 6, part 12B, see section 319J. def victim trust fund ins 2008 No. 53 s 9 visitor means—

(a) any person, including a staff member, who enters or intends to enter a corrective services facility; or Example— a legal visitor or religious visitor

(b) a casual site visitor as defined in section 165 (2).

volunteer see section 306 (1). warrant includes—

(a) a warrant issued by the chief executive; and

(b) an order committing a person into custody. Examples for paragraph (b)—

• an order or direction under the Migration Act 1958 (Cwlth)

• a preventative detention order under the Terrorism (Preventative Detention) Act 2005

work camp means a place declared to be a work camp under section 151 (1) (a) (ii). work order see section 66 (1).